Commit 1551df35f296f0a8df32f4f2054254f46e8be252

Authored by Tom Rini
Committed by Albert ARIBAUD
1 parent f503cc49a5

arm: Switch to -mno-unaligned-access when supported by the compiler

When we tell the compiler to optimize for ARMv7 (and ARMv6 for that
matter) it assumes a default of SCTRL.A being cleared and unaligned
accesses being allowed and fast at the hardware level.  We set this bit
and must pass along -mno-unaligned-access so that the compiler will
still breakdown accesses and not trigger a data abort.

To better help understand the requirements of the project with respect
to unaligned memory access, the
Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt file has been added as
doc/README.unaligned-memory-access.txt and is taken from the v3.14-rc1
tag of the kernel.

Cc: Albert ARIBAUD <albert.u.boot@aribaud.net>
Cc: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@ti.com>

Showing 9 changed files with 248 additions and 138 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 Summary: 8 Summary:
9 ======== 9 ========
10 10
11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 11 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 12 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 13 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 14 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15 code. 15 code.
16 16
17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 17 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 18 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 19 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
20 support booting of Linux images. 20 support booting of Linux images.
21 21
22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 22 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 23 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 24 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 25 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 26 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27 load and run it dynamically. 27 load and run it dynamically.
28 28
29 29
30 Status: 30 Status:
31 ======= 31 =======
32 32
33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 33 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 34 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 35 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36 36
37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 37 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board 38 who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
39 maintainers. 39 maintainers.
40 40
41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 41 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 42 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43 43
44 make CHANGELOG 44 make CHANGELOG
45 45
46 46
47 Where to get help: 47 Where to get help:
48 ================== 48 ==================
49 49
50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 50 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 51 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 52 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 53 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 54 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 55 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
56 56
57 57
58 Where to get source code: 58 Where to get source code:
59 ========================= 59 =========================
60 60
61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 61 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 62 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 63 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64 64
65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 65 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 66 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 67 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68 directory. 68 directory.
69 69
70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 70 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 71 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72 72
73 73
74 Where we come from: 74 Where we come from:
75 =================== 75 ===================
76 76
77 - start from 8xxrom sources 77 - start from 8xxrom sources
78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 78 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
79 - clean up code 79 - clean up code
80 - make it easier to add custom boards 80 - make it easier to add custom boards
81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 81 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82 - extend functions, especially: 82 - extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download 84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot 85 * network boot
86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 86 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 87 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 88 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 89 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 90 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
91 91
92 92
93 Names and Spelling: 93 Names and Spelling:
94 =================== 94 ===================
95 95
96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 96 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 97 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98 in source files etc.). Example: 98 in source files etc.). Example:
99 99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101 101
102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 102 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103 103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105 105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107 107
108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 108 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 109 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110 110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
113 113
114 114
115 Versioning: 115 Versioning:
116 =========== 116 ===========
117 117
118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 118 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 119 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 120 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 121 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 122 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 123 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
124 124
125 Examples: 125 Examples:
126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
129 129
130 130
131 Directory Hierarchy: 131 Directory Hierarchy:
132 ==================== 132 ====================
133 133
134 /arch Architecture specific files 134 /arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files 136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 144 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 145 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
146 /lib Architecture specific library files 146 /lib Architecture specific library files
147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 147 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
148 /cpu CPU specific files 148 /cpu CPU specific files
149 /lib Architecture specific library files 149 /lib Architecture specific library files
150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 150 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
151 /cpu CPU specific files 151 /cpu CPU specific files
152 /lib Architecture specific library files 152 /lib Architecture specific library files
153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 153 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
154 /cpu CPU specific files 154 /cpu CPU specific files
155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 155 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 156 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 157 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 158 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 159 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files 160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 161 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files 162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files 163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 164 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files 165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 166 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 167 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
168 /lib Architecture specific library files 168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 169 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files 170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 171 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
172 /lib Architecture specific library files 172 /lib Architecture specific library files
173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 173 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files 174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /lib Architecture specific library files 175 /lib Architecture specific library files
176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture 176 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
177 /cpu CPU specific files 177 /cpu CPU specific files
178 /lib Architecture specific library files 178 /lib Architecture specific library files
179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 179 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
180 /cpu CPU specific files 180 /cpu CPU specific files
181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 181 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 182 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 183 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 184 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 185 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 186 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 187 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 188 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files 189 /lib Architecture specific library files
190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 190 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files 191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 192 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 193 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 194 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
195 /lib Architecture specific library files 195 /lib Architecture specific library files
196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 196 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
197 /cpu CPU specific files 197 /cpu CPU specific files
198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 198 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 199 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
200 /lib Architecture specific library files 200 /lib Architecture specific library files
201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 201 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
202 /cpu CPU specific files 202 /cpu CPU specific files
203 /lib Architecture specific library files 203 /lib Architecture specific library files
204 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 204 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
205 /board Board dependent files 205 /board Board dependent files
206 /common Misc architecture independent functions 206 /common Misc architecture independent functions
207 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 207 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
208 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 208 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
209 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 209 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
210 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. 210 /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
211 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 211 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
212 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 212 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
213 /include Header Files 213 /include Header Files
214 /lib Files generic to all architectures 214 /lib Files generic to all architectures
215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 215 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 216 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 217 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
218 /net Networking code 218 /net Networking code
219 /post Power On Self Test 219 /post Power On Self Test
220 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework 220 /spl Secondary Program Loader framework
221 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 221 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
222 222
223 Software Configuration: 223 Software Configuration:
224 ======================= 224 =======================
225 225
226 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 226 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
227 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 227 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
228 228
229 There are two classes of configuration variables: 229 There are two classes of configuration variables:
230 230
231 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 231 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 232 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
233 "CONFIG_". 233 "CONFIG_".
234 234
235 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 235 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 236 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 237 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
238 "CONFIG_SYS_". 238 "CONFIG_SYS_".
239 239
240 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 240 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
241 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 241 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
242 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 242 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
243 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 243 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
244 as an example here. 244 as an example here.
245 245
246 246
247 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 247 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
248 --------------------------------------------------- 248 ---------------------------------------------------
249 249
250 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 250 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
251 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 251 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
252 252
253 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 253 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
254 254
255 cd u-boot 255 cd u-boot
256 make TQM823L_config 256 make TQM823L_config
257 257
258 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 258 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
259 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 259 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
260 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 260 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
261 261
262 262
263 Configuration Options: 263 Configuration Options:
264 ---------------------- 264 ----------------------
265 265
266 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 266 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
267 such information is kept in a configuration file 267 such information is kept in a configuration file
268 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 268 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
269 269
270 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 270 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
271 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 271 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
272 272
273 273
274 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 274 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
275 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 275 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
276 build a config tool - later. 276 build a config tool - later.
277 277
278 278
279 The following options need to be configured: 279 The following options need to be configured:
280 280
281 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 281 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
282 282
283 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 283 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
284 284
285 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 285 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 286 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
287 287
288 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 288 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
289 Define exactly one of 289 Define exactly one of
290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 290 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
291 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 291 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 292 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 293 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
294 294
295 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 295 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
296 Define exactly one of 296 Define exactly one of
297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 297 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
298 298
299 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 299 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define one or more of 300 Define one or more of
301 CONFIG_CMA302 301 CONFIG_CMA302
302 302
303 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 303 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
304 Define one or more of 304 Define one or more of
305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 305 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
306 the LCD display every second with 306 the LCD display every second with
307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 307 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
308 308
309 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 309 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE 310 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
311 Possible values are: 311 Possible values are:
312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 312 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 313 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 314 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 315 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
316 316
317 - Marvell Family Member 317 - Marvell Family Member
318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 318 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
319 multiple fs option at one time 319 multiple fs option at one time
320 for marvell soc family 320 for marvell soc family
321 321
322 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 322 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
323 Define exactly one of 323 Define exactly one of
324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 324 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
325 325
326 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 326 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 327 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 328 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 329 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
330 reference PIT/RTC clock 330 reference PIT/RTC clock
331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 331 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
332 or XTAL/EXTAL) 332 or XTAL/EXTAL)
333 333
334 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 334 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 335 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 337 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
338 See doc/README.MPC866 338 See doc/README.MPC866
339 339
340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 340 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
341 341
342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 342 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
343 of relying on the correctness of the configured 343 of relying on the correctness of the configured
344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 344 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 345 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 346 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 347 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
348 348
349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 349 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
350 350
351 Define this option if you want to enable the 351 Define this option if you want to enable the
352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 352 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
353 353
354 - 85xx CPU Options: 354 - 85xx CPU Options:
355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 355 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
356 356
357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 357 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 358 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
359 compliance, among other possible reasons. 359 compliance, among other possible reasons.
360 360
361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 361 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
362 362
363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 363 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 364 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 365 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
366 366
367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 367 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
368 368
369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 369 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
370 tree nodes for the given platform. 370 tree nodes for the given platform.
371 371
372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 372 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
373 373
374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 374 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 375 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 376 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 377 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 378 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
379 purpose. 379 purpose.
380 380
381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 381 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
382 382
383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 383 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 384 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 385 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
386 386
387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 387 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
389 389
390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 390 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 391 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
392 392
393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 393 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 394 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 395 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 396 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
397 397
398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 398 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
399 this erratum. 399 this erratum.
400 400
401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND 401 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only 402 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
403 requred during NOR boot. 403 requred during NOR boot.
404 404
405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 405 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
406 406
407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 407 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
408 according to the A004510 workaround. 408 according to the A004510 workaround.
409 409
410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR 410 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is 411 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores. 412 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
413 413
414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR 414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory 415 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
416 which is directly connected to the DSP core. 416 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
417 417
418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR 418 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly 419 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
420 connected to the DSP core. 420 connected to the DSP core.
421 421
422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT 422 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. 423 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
424 424
425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK 425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. 426 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply 427 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. 428 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
429 429
430 - Generic CPU options: 430 - Generic CPU options:
431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 431 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
432 432
433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 433 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
434 values is arch specific. 434 values is arch specific.
435 435
436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR 436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is 437 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core 438 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
439 SoCs. 439 SoCs.
440 440
441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR 441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. 442 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
443 443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU 444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as 445 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
446 deskew training are not available. 446 deskew training are not available.
447 447
448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 448 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
449 Freescale DDR1 controller. 449 Freescale DDR1 controller.
450 450
451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
452 Freescale DDR2 controller. 452 Freescale DDR2 controller.
453 453
454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 454 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
455 Freescale DDR3 controller. 455 Freescale DDR3 controller.
456 456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. 458 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
459 459
460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 460 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with 461 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board 462 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
463 implemetation. 463 implemetation.
464 464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with 466 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board 467 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
468 implementation. 468 implementation.
469 469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with 471 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
472 Freescale DDR3 controllers. 472 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
473 473
474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE 474 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian 475 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
476 476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE 477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian 478 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
479 479
480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI 480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. 481 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 482 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
483 483
484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW 484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. 485 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. 486 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details 487 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
488 488
489 - Intel Monahans options: 489 - Intel Monahans options:
490 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 490 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
491 491
492 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 492 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
493 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 493 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
494 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 494 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
495 495
496 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 496 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
497 497
498 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 498 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
499 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 499 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
500 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 500 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
501 by this value. 501 by this value.
502 502
503 - MIPS CPU options: 503 - MIPS CPU options:
504 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 504 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
505 505
506 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 506 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
507 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 507 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
508 relocation. 508 relocation.
509 509
510 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 510 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
511 511
512 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 512 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
513 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 513 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
514 Possible values are: 514 Possible values are:
515 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 515 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
516 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 516 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
517 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 517 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
518 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 518 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
519 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 519 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
520 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 520 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
521 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 521 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
522 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 522 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
523 523
524 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 524 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
525 525
526 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 526 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
527 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 527 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
528 528
529 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 529 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
530 530
531 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 531 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
532 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 532 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
533 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 533 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
534 534
535 - ARM options: 535 - ARM options:
536 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 536 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
537 537
538 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 538 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
539 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 539 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
540 540
541 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 541 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
542 542
543 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 543 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
544 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 544 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
545 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 545 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
546 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 546 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
547 GCC. 547 GCC.
548 548
549 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 549 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
550 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 550 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
551 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 551 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
552 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 552 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
553 553
554 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 554 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
555 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 555 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
556 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 556 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
557 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 557 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
558 set these options unless they apply! 558 set these options unless they apply!
559 559
560 - CPU timer options: 560 - CPU timer options:
561 CONFIG_SYS_HZ 561 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
562 562
563 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). 563 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
564 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG 564 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
565 option must be set to 1000. 565 option must be set to 1000.
566 566
567 - Linux Kernel Interface: 567 - Linux Kernel Interface:
568 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 568 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
569 569
570 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 570 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
571 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 571 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
572 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 572 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
573 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 573 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
574 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 574 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
575 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 575 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
576 Linux kernel. 576 Linux kernel.
577 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 577 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
578 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 578 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
579 default environment. 579 default environment.
580 580
581 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 581 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
582 582
583 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 583 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
584 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 584 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
585 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 585 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
586 586
587 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 587 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
588 588
589 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 589 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
590 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 590 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
591 concepts). 591 concepts).
592 592
593 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 593 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
594 * New libfdt-based support 594 * New libfdt-based support
595 * Adds the "fdt" command 595 * Adds the "fdt" command
596 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 596 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
597 597
598 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 598 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
599 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 599 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
600 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 600 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
601 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 601 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
602 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 602 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
603 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 603 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
604 604
605 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 605 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
606 addresses 606 addresses
607 607
608 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 608 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
609 609
610 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 610 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
611 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 611 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
612 612
613 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 613 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
614 614
615 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 615 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
616 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 616 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
617 617
618 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 618 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
619 619
620 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 620 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
621 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 621 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
622 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 622 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
623 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 623 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
624 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 624 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
625 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 625 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
626 626
627 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 627 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
628 628
629 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 629 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
630 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 630 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
631 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 631 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
632 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 632 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
633 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 633 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
634 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 634 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
635 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 635 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
636 636
637 - vxWorks boot parameters: 637 - vxWorks boot parameters:
638 638
639 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 639 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
640 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 640 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
641 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 641 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
642 642
643 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 643 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
644 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 644 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
645 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 645 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
646 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 646 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
647 647
648 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 648 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
649 649
650 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 650 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
651 651
652 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 652 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
653 the defaults discussed just above. 653 the defaults discussed just above.
654 654
655 - Cache Configuration: 655 - Cache Configuration:
656 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 656 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
657 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 657 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
658 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 658 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
659 659
660 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 660 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
661 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 661 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
662 controller 662 controller
663 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 663 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
664 controller register space 664 controller register space
665 665
666 - Serial Ports: 666 - Serial Ports:
667 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 667 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
668 668
669 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 669 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
670 670
671 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 671 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
672 672
673 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 673 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
674 674
675 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 675 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
676 676
677 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 677 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
678 the clock speed of the UARTs. 678 the clock speed of the UARTs.
679 679
680 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 680 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
681 681
682 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 682 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
683 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 683 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
684 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 684 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
685 685
686 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 686 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
687 687
688 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 688 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
689 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 689 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
690 this variable to initialize the extra register. 690 this variable to initialize the extra register.
691 691
692 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 692 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
693 693
694 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 694 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
695 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 695 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
696 variable to flush the UART at init time. 696 variable to flush the UART at init time.
697 697
698 698
699 - Console Interface: 699 - Console Interface:
700 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 700 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
701 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 701 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
702 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 702 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
703 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 703 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
704 704
705 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 705 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
706 port routines must be defined elsewhere 706 port routines must be defined elsewhere
707 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 707 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
708 708
709 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 709 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
710 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 710 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
711 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 711 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
712 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 712 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
713 (default big endian) 713 (default big endian)
714 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 714 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
715 rectangle fill 715 rectangle fill
716 (cf. smiLynxEM) 716 (cf. smiLynxEM)
717 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 717 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
718 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 718 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
719 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 719 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
720 (cols=pitch) 720 (cols=pitch)
721 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 721 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
722 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 722 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
723 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 723 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
724 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 724 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
725 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 725 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
726 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 726 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
727 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 727 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
728 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 728 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
729 (i.e. i8042_tstc) 729 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
730 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 730 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
731 (i.e. i8042_getc) 731 (i.e. i8042_getc)
732 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 732 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
733 (requires blink timer 733 (requires blink timer
734 cf. i8042.c) 734 cf. i8042.c)
735 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 735 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
736 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 736 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
737 upper right corner 737 upper right corner
738 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 738 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
739 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 739 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
740 upper left corner 740 upper left corner
741 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 741 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
742 linux_logo.h for logo. 742 linux_logo.h for logo.
743 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 743 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
744 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 744 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
745 additional board info beside 745 additional board info beside
746 the logo 746 the logo
747 747
748 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 748 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
749 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 749 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
750 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 750 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
751 751
752 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 752 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
753 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 753 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
754 environment 'console=serial'. 754 environment 'console=serial'.
755 755
756 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 756 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
757 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 757 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
758 the "silent" environment variable. See 758 the "silent" environment variable. See
759 doc/README.silent for more information. 759 doc/README.silent for more information.
760 760
761 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default 761 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
762 is 0x00. 762 is 0x00.
763 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default 763 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
764 is 0xa0. 764 is 0xa0.
765 765
766 - Console Baudrate: 766 - Console Baudrate:
767 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 767 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
768 Select one of the baudrates listed in 768 Select one of the baudrates listed in
769 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 769 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
770 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 770 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
771 771
772 - Console Rx buffer length 772 - Console Rx buffer length
773 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 773 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
774 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 774 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
775 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 775 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
776 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 776 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
777 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 777 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
778 the SMC. 778 the SMC.
779 779
780 - Pre-Console Buffer: 780 - Pre-Console Buffer:
781 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 781 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
782 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 782 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
783 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 783 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
784 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 784 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
785 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 785 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
786 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 786 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
787 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 787 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
788 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 788 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
789 earlier bytes are discarded. 789 earlier bytes are discarded.
790 790
791 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 791 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
792 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 792 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
793 793
794 - Safe printf() functions 794 - Safe printf() functions
795 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 795 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
796 the printf() functions. These are defined in 796 the printf() functions. These are defined in
797 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 797 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
798 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 798 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
799 If this option is not given then these functions will 799 If this option is not given then these functions will
800 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 800 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
801 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 801 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
802 802
803 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 803 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
804 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 804 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
805 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 805 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
806 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 806 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
807 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 807 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
808 808
809 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 809 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
810 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 810 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
811 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 811 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
812 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 812 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
813 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 813 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
814 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 814 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
815 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 815 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
816 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 816 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
817 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 817 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
818 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 818 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
819 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 819 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
820 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 820 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
821 821
822 - Autoboot Command: 822 - Autoboot Command:
823 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 823 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
824 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 824 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
825 define a command string that is automatically executed 825 define a command string that is automatically executed
826 when no character is read on the console interface 826 when no character is read on the console interface
827 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 827 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
828 828
829 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 829 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
830 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 830 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
831 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 831 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
832 environment value "bootargs". 832 environment value "bootargs".
833 833
834 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 834 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
835 The value of these goes into the environment as 835 The value of these goes into the environment as
836 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 836 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
837 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 837 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
838 RAM and NFS. 838 RAM and NFS.
839 839
840 - Bootcount: 840 - Bootcount:
841 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT 841 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
842 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot 842 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
843 cycle, see: 843 cycle, see:
844 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit 844 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
845 845
846 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV 846 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
847 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware 847 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
848 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a 848 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
849 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable 849 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
850 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is 850 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
851 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is 851 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
852 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. 852 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
853 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" 853 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
854 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. 854 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
855 855
856 - Pre-Boot Commands: 856 - Pre-Boot Commands:
857 CONFIG_PREBOOT 857 CONFIG_PREBOOT
858 858
859 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 859 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
860 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 860 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
861 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 861 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
862 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 862 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
863 entering interactive mode. 863 entering interactive mode.
864 864
865 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 865 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
866 automatically generated or modified. For an example 866 automatically generated or modified. For an example
867 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 867 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
868 modified when the user holds down a certain 868 modified when the user holds down a certain
869 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 869 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
870 booting the systems 870 booting the systems
871 871
872 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 872 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
873 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 873 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
874 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 874 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
875 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 875 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
876 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 876 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
877 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 877 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
878 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 878 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
879 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 879 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
880 880
881 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 881 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
882 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 882 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
883 Select one of the baudrates listed in 883 Select one of the baudrates listed in
884 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 884 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
885 885
886 - Monitor Functions: 886 - Monitor Functions:
887 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 887 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
888 from the build by using the #include files 888 from the build by using the #include files
889 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 889 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
890 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> 890 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
891 and augmenting with additional #define's 891 and augmenting with additional #define's
892 for wanted commands. 892 for wanted commands.
893 893
894 The default command configuration includes all commands 894 The default command configuration includes all commands
895 except those marked below with a "*". 895 except those marked below with a "*".
896 896
897 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 897 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
898 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 898 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
899 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 899 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
900 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 900 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
901 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 901 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
902 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 902 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
903 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 903 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
904 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support 904 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
905 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 905 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
906 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 906 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
907 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 907 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
908 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 908 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
909 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 909 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
910 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 910 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
911 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 911 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
912 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 912 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
913 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 913 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
914 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 914 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
915 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 915 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
916 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 916 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
917 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 917 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
918 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 918 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
919 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 919 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
920 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 920 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
921 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable 921 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
922 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 922 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
923 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 923 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
924 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 924 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
925 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) 925 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
926 that work for multiple fs types 926 that work for multiple fs types
927 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 927 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
928 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 928 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
929 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 929 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
930 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 930 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
931 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 931 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
932 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 932 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
933 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support 933 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
934 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 934 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
935 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 935 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
936 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 936 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
937 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 937 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
938 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 938 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
939 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 939 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
940 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 940 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
941 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 941 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
942 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 942 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
943 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash 943 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
944 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 944 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
945 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 945 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
946 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 946 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
947 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 947 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
948 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 948 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
949 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 949 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
950 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 950 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
951 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 951 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
952 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 952 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
953 (169.254.*.*) 953 (169.254.*.*)
954 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 954 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
955 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 955 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
956 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest 956 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
957 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 957 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
958 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 958 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
959 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 959 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
960 loop, loopw 960 loop, loopw
961 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest 961 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
962 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 962 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
963 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 963 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
964 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 964 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
965 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 965 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
966 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 966 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
967 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 967 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
968 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support 968 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
969 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 969 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
970 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 970 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
971 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 971 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
972 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 972 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
973 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 973 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
974 host 974 host
975 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 975 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
976 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 976 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
977 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 977 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
978 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 978 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
979 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 979 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
980 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 980 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
981 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 981 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
982 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 982 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
983 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 983 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
984 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 984 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
985 (4xx only) 985 (4xx only)
986 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 986 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
987 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest 987 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
988 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 988 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
989 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 989 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
990 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 990 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
991 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 991 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
992 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 992 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
993 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 993 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
994 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 994 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
995 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 995 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
996 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 996 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
997 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 997 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
998 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 998 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
999 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image 999 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
1000 1000
1001 1001
1002 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 1002 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1003 support you can write: 1003 support you can write:
1004 1004
1005 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 1005 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1006 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 1006 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
1007 1007
1008 Other Commands: 1008 Other Commands:
1009 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 1009 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
1010 1010
1011 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 1011 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
1012 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 1012 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
1013 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 1013 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1014 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 1014 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1015 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 1015 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1016 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 1016 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1017 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 1017 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1018 initial stack and some data. 1018 initial stack and some data.
1019 1019
1020 1020
1021 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 1021 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1022 1022
1023 - Regular expression support: 1023 - Regular expression support:
1024 CONFIG_REGEX 1024 CONFIG_REGEX
1025 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 1025 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1026 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 1026 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1027 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 1027 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1028 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 1028 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
1029 1029
1030 - Device tree: 1030 - Device tree:
1031 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 1031 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1032 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 1032 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1033 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 1033 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1034 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 1034 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1035 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 1035 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1036 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 1036 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1037 1037
1038 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 1038 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1039 be done using one of the two options below: 1039 be done using one of the two options below:
1040 1040
1041 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 1041 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1042 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 1042 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1043 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 1043 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1044 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 1044 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1045 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 1045 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1046 the global data structure as gd->blob. 1046 the global data structure as gd->blob.
1047 1047
1048 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 1048 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1049 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 1049 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1050 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 1050 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1051 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 1051 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1052 1052
1053 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 1053 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1054 1054
1055 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 1055 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1056 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 1056 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1057 still use the individual files if you need something more 1057 still use the individual files if you need something more
1058 exotic. 1058 exotic.
1059 1059
1060 - Watchdog: 1060 - Watchdog:
1061 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 1061 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1062 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 1062 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
1063 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 1063 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1064 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 1064 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1065 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 1065 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1066 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 1066 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1067 available, then no further board specific code should 1067 available, then no further board specific code should
1068 be needed to use it. 1068 be needed to use it.
1069 1069
1070 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 1070 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1071 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 1071 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1072 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 1072 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1073 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 1073 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
1074 1074
1075 - U-Boot Version: 1075 - U-Boot Version:
1076 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 1076 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1077 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 1077 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1078 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 1078 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1079 version as printed by the "version" command. 1079 version as printed by the "version" command.
1080 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 1080 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1081 next reset. 1081 next reset.
1082 1082
1083 - Real-Time Clock: 1083 - Real-Time Clock:
1084 1084
1085 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 1085 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
1086 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 1086 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1087 following options: 1087 following options:
1088 1088
1089 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1089 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1090 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1090 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1091 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1091 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1092 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1092 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1093 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1093 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1094 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1094 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1095 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1095 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1096 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1096 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1097 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1097 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1098 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1098 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1099 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1099 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1100 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1100 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1101 RV3029 RTC. 1101 RV3029 RTC.
1102 1102
1103 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1103 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1104 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1104 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1105 1105
1106 - GPIO Support: 1106 - GPIO Support:
1107 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1107 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1108 1108
1109 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1109 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1110 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1110 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1111 pins supported by a particular chip. 1111 pins supported by a particular chip.
1112 1112
1113 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1113 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1114 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1114 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1115 1115
1116 - Timestamp Support: 1116 - Timestamp Support:
1117 1117
1118 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1118 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1119 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1119 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1120 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1120 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1121 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1121 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1122 1122
1123 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1123 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1124 Zero or more of the following: 1124 Zero or more of the following:
1125 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1125 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1126 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1126 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1127 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1127 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1128 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1128 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1129 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1129 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1130 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1130 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1131 disk/part_efi.c 1131 disk/part_efi.c
1132 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1132 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1133 1133
1134 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1134 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1135 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1135 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1136 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1136 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1137 1137
1138 - IDE Reset method: 1138 - IDE Reset method:
1139 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1139 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1140 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1140 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1141 1141
1142 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1142 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1143 be performed by calling the function 1143 be performed by calling the function
1144 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1144 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1145 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1145 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1146 1146
1147 - ATAPI Support: 1147 - ATAPI Support:
1148 CONFIG_ATAPI 1148 CONFIG_ATAPI
1149 1149
1150 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1150 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1151 1151
1152 - LBA48 Support 1152 - LBA48 Support
1153 CONFIG_LBA48 1153 CONFIG_LBA48
1154 1154
1155 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1155 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1156 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1156 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1157 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1157 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1158 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1158 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1159 1159
1160 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1160 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1161 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1161 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1162 Default is 32bit. 1162 Default is 32bit.
1163 1163
1164 - SCSI Support: 1164 - SCSI Support:
1165 At the moment only there is only support for the 1165 At the moment only there is only support for the
1166 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1166 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1167 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1167 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1168 1168
1169 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1169 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1170 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1170 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1171 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1171 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1172 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1172 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1173 devices. 1173 devices.
1174 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1174 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1175 1175
1176 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1176 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1177 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1177 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1178 1178
1179 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1179 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1180 CONFIG_E1000 1180 CONFIG_E1000
1181 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1181 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1182 1182
1183 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1183 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1184 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1184 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1185 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1185 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1186 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1186 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1187 1187
1188 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1188 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1189 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1189 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1190 example with the "sspi" command. 1190 example with the "sspi" command.
1191 1191
1192 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1192 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1193 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1193 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1194 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1194 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1195 1195
1196 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1196 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
1197 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1197 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
1198 1198
1199 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1199 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1200 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1200 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1201 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1201 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1202 write routine for first time initialisation. 1202 write routine for first time initialisation.
1203 1203
1204 CONFIG_TULIP 1204 CONFIG_TULIP
1205 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1205 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1206 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1206 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1207 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1207 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1208 1208
1209 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1209 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1210 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1210 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1211 1211
1212 CONFIG_NS8382X 1212 CONFIG_NS8382X
1213 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1213 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1214 1214
1215 - NETWORK Support (other): 1215 - NETWORK Support (other):
1216 1216
1217 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1217 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1218 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1218 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1219 1219
1220 CONFIG_RMII 1220 CONFIG_RMII
1221 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1221 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1222 1222
1223 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1223 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1224 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1224 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1225 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1225 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1226 1226
1227 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1227 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1228 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1228 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1229 1229
1230 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1230 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1231 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1231 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1232 1232
1233 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1233 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1234 Define this to hold the physical address 1234 Define this to hold the physical address
1235 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1235 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1236 1236
1237 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1237 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1238 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1238 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1239 1239
1240 CONFIG_SMC91111 1240 CONFIG_SMC91111
1241 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1241 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1242 1242
1243 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1243 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1244 Define this to hold the physical address 1244 Define this to hold the physical address
1245 of the device (I/O space) 1245 of the device (I/O space)
1246 1246
1247 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1247 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1248 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1248 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1249 1249
1250 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1250 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1251 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1251 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1252 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1252 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1253 1253
1254 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1254 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1255 Support for davinci emac 1255 Support for davinci emac
1256 1256
1257 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1257 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1258 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1258 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1259 1259
1260 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1260 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1261 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1261 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1262 1262
1263 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1263 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1264 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1264 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1265 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1265 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1266 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1266 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1267 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1267 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1268 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1268 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1269 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1269 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1270 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1270 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1271 1271
1272 CONFIG_SMC911X 1272 CONFIG_SMC911X
1273 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1273 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1274 1274
1275 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1275 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1276 Define this to hold the physical address 1276 Define this to hold the physical address
1277 of the device (I/O space) 1277 of the device (I/O space)
1278 1278
1279 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1279 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1280 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1280 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1281 1281
1282 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1282 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1283 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1283 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1284 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1284 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1285 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1285 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1286 1286
1287 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1287 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1288 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1288 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1289 1289
1290 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1290 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1291 Define the number of ports to be used 1291 Define the number of ports to be used
1292 1292
1293 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1293 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1294 Define the ETH PHY's address 1294 Define the ETH PHY's address
1295 1295
1296 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1296 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1297 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1297 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1298 1298
1299 - TPM Support: 1299 - TPM Support:
1300 CONFIG_TPM 1300 CONFIG_TPM
1301 Support TPM devices. 1301 Support TPM devices.
1302 1302
1303 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C 1303 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1304 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device 1304 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1305 per system is supported at this time. 1305 per system is supported at this time.
1306 1306
1307 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER 1307 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1308 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device 1308 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1309 1309
1310 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1310 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1311 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus 1311 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1312 1312
1313 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION 1313 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1314 Define the burst count bytes upper limit 1314 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1315 1315
1316 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI 1316 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1317 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. 1317 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1318 1318
1319 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC 1319 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
1320 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1320 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1321 per system is supported at this time. 1321 per system is supported at this time.
1322 1322
1323 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1323 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1324 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1324 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1325 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1325 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1326 0xfed40000. 1326 0xfed40000.
1327 1327
1328 CONFIG_CMD_TPM 1328 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1329 Add tpm monitor functions. 1329 Add tpm monitor functions.
1330 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also 1330 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1331 provides monitor access to authorized functions. 1331 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1332 1332
1333 CONFIG_TPM 1333 CONFIG_TPM
1334 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides 1334 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1335 functional interfaces to some TPM commands. 1335 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1336 Requires support for a TPM device. 1336 Requires support for a TPM device.
1337 1337
1338 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS 1338 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1339 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. 1339 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1340 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. 1340 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1341 1341
1342 - USB Support: 1342 - USB Support:
1343 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1343 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1344 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1344 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1345 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1345 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1346 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1346 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1347 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1347 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1348 storage devices. 1348 storage devices.
1349 Note: 1349 Note:
1350 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1350 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1351 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1351 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1352 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1352 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1353 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1353 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1354 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1354 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1355 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1355 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1356 for USB on PSC3 1356 for USB on PSC3
1357 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1357 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1358 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1358 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1359 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1359 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1360 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1360 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1361 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1361 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1362 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1362 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1363 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1363 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1364 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1364 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1365 1365
1366 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1366 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1367 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1367 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1368 1368
1369 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum 1369 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1370 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec) 1370 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1371 1371
1372 - USB Device: 1372 - USB Device:
1373 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1373 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1374 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1374 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1375 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1375 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1376 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1376 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1377 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1377 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1378 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1378 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1379 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1379 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1380 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1380 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1381 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1381 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1382 a Linux host by 1382 a Linux host by
1383 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1383 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1384 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1384 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1385 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1385 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1386 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1386 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1387 1387
1388 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1388 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1389 Define this to build a UDC device 1389 Define this to build a UDC device
1390 1390
1391 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1391 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1392 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1392 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1393 talk to the UDC device 1393 talk to the UDC device
1394 1394
1395 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1395 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1396 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1396 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1397 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1397 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1398 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1398 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1399 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1399 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1400 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1400 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1401 speed. 1401 speed.
1402 1402
1403 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1403 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1404 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1404 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1405 be set to usbtty. 1405 be set to usbtty.
1406 1406
1407 mpc8xx: 1407 mpc8xx:
1408 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1408 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1409 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1409 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1410 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1410 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1411 1411
1412 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1412 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1413 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1413 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1414 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1414 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1415 1415
1416 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1416 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1417 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1417 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1418 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1418 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1419 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1419 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1420 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1420 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1421 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1421 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1422 1422
1423 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1423 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1424 Define this string as the name of your company for 1424 Define this string as the name of your company for
1425 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1425 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1426 1426
1427 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1427 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1428 Define this string as the name of your product 1428 Define this string as the name of your product
1429 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1429 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1430 1430
1431 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1431 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1432 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1432 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1433 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1433 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1434 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1434 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1435 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1435 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1436 1436
1437 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1437 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1438 Define this as the unique Product ID 1438 Define this as the unique Product ID
1439 for your device 1439 for your device
1440 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1440 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1441 1441
1442 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment. 1442 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1443 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h: 1443 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1444 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK 1444 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1445 This enables function definition: 1445 This enables function definition:
1446 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h 1446 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1447 Implementation of this function is board-specific. 1447 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1448 1448
1449 - ULPI Layer Support: 1449 - ULPI Layer Support:
1450 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1450 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1451 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1451 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1452 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1452 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1453 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1453 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1454 viewport is supported. 1454 viewport is supported.
1455 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1455 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1456 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1456 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1457 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1457 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1458 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1458 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1459 the appropriate value in Hz. 1459 the appropriate value in Hz.
1460 1460
1461 - MMC Support: 1461 - MMC Support:
1462 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1462 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1463 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1463 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1464 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1464 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1465 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1465 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1466 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1466 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1467 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1467 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1468 1468
1469 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1469 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1470 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1470 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1471 1471
1472 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1472 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1473 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1473 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1474 1474
1475 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1475 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1476 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1476 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1477 1477
1478 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1478 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1479 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION 1479 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1480 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1480 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1481 1481
1482 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1482 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1483 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1483 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1484 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1484 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1485 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1485 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1486 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1486 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1487 1487
1488 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1488 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1489 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1489 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1490 1490
1491 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1491 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1492 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1492 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1493 1493
1494 CONFIG_DFU_RAM 1494 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1495 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. 1495 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1496 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but 1496 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1497 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, 1497 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1498 one that would help mostly the developer. 1498 one that would help mostly the developer.
1499 1499
1500 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE 1500 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1501 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the 1501 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1502 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer 1502 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1503 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable 1503 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1504 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. 1504 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1505 1505
1506 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1506 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1507 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1507 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1508 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1508 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1509 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1509 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1510 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1510 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1511 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1511 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1512 1512
1513 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1513 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1514 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1514 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1515 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1515 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1516 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1516 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1517 1517
1518 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1518 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1519 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1519 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1520 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1520 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1521 1521
1522 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1522 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1523 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1523 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1524 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1524 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1525 1525
1526 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1526 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1527 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1527 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1528 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1528 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1529 have not defined a custom partition 1529 have not defined a custom partition
1530 1530
1531 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1531 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1532 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1532 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1533 1533
1534 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1534 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1535 file in FAT formatted partition. 1535 file in FAT formatted partition.
1536 1536
1537 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1537 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1538 user to write files to FAT. 1538 user to write files to FAT.
1539 1539
1540 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1540 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1541 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1541 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1542 1542
1543 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1543 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1544 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1544 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1545 and cbfsload. 1545 and cbfsload.
1546 1546
1547 - Keyboard Support: 1547 - Keyboard Support:
1548 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1548 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1549 1549
1550 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1550 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1551 support 1551 support
1552 1552
1553 CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1553 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1554 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1554 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1555 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1555 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1556 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1556 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1557 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1557 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1558 1558
1559 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB 1559 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1560 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. 1560 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1561 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller 1561 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1562 which provides key scans on request. 1562 which provides key scans on request.
1563 1563
1564 - Video support: 1564 - Video support:
1565 CONFIG_VIDEO 1565 CONFIG_VIDEO
1566 1566
1567 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1567 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1568 video). 1568 video).
1569 1569
1570 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1570 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1571 1571
1572 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1572 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1573 1573
1574 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1574 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1575 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1575 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1576 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1576 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1577 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1577 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1578 assumed. 1578 assumed.
1579 1579
1580 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1580 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1581 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1581 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1582 are possible: 1582 are possible:
1583 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1583 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1584 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1584 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1585 1585
1586 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1586 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1587 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1587 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1588 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1588 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1589 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1589 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1590 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1590 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1591 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1591 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1592 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1592 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1593 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1593 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1594 1594
1595 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1595 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1596 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1596 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1597 1597
1598 1598
1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1599 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1600 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1600 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1601 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1601 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1602 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1602 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1603 1603
1604 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1604 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1605 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1605 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1606 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1606 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1607 support, and should also define these other macros: 1607 support, and should also define these other macros:
1608 1608
1609 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1609 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1610 CONFIG_VIDEO 1610 CONFIG_VIDEO
1611 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1611 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1612 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1612 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1613 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1613 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1614 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1614 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1615 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1615 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1616 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1616 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1617 1617
1618 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1618 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1619 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1619 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1620 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1620 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1621 description of this variable. 1621 description of this variable.
1622 1622
1623 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA 1623 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1624 1624
1625 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you 1625 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1626 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer 1626 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1627 driver. 1627 driver.
1628 1628
1629 1629
1630 - Keyboard Support: 1630 - Keyboard Support:
1631 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1631 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1632 1632
1633 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1633 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1634 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1634 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1635 defined in your board-specific files. 1635 defined in your board-specific files.
1636 The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1636 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
1637 1637
1638 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1638 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1639 1639
1640 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1640 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1641 display); also select one of the supported displays 1641 display); also select one of the supported displays
1642 by defining one of these: 1642 by defining one of these:
1643 1643
1644 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1644 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1645 1645
1646 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1646 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1647 1647
1648 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1648 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1649 1649
1650 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1650 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1651 1651
1652 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1652 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1653 1653
1654 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1654 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1655 Active, color, single scan. 1655 Active, color, single scan.
1656 1656
1657 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1657 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1658 1658
1659 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1659 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1660 Active, color, single scan. 1660 Active, color, single scan.
1661 1661
1662 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1662 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1663 1663
1664 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1664 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1665 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1665 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1666 1666
1667 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1667 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1668 1668
1669 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1669 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1670 Active, color, single scan. 1670 Active, color, single scan.
1671 1671
1672 CONFIG_HLD1045 1672 CONFIG_HLD1045
1673 1673
1674 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1674 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1675 Active, color, single scan. 1675 Active, color, single scan.
1676 1676
1677 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1677 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1678 1678
1679 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1679 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1680 or 1680 or
1681 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1681 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1682 or 1682 or
1683 Hitachi SP14Q002 1683 Hitachi SP14Q002
1684 1684
1685 320x240. Black & white. 1685 320x240. Black & white.
1686 1686
1687 Normally display is black on white background; define 1687 Normally display is black on white background; define
1688 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1688 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1689 1689
1690 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1690 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1691 1691
1692 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is 1692 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1693 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1693 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1694 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1694 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1695 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1695 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1696 a per-section basis. 1696 a per-section basis.
1697 1697
1698 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1698 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1699 1699
1700 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1700 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1701 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1701 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1702 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1702 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1703 is slow. 1703 is slow.
1704 1704
1705 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1705 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1706 1706
1707 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1707 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1708 1708
1709 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1709 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1710 1710
1711 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1711 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1712 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1712 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1713 1713
1714 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1714 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1715 1715
1716 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1716 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1717 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1717 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1718 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1718 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1719 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1719 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1720 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1720 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1721 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1721 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1722 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1722 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1723 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1723 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1724 1724
1725 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1725 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1726 1726
1727 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1727 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1728 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1728 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1729 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). 1729 (see README.displaying-bmps).
1730 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1730 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1731 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1731 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1732 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1732 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1733 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1733 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1734 there is no need to set this option. 1734 there is no need to set this option.
1735 1735
1736 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1736 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1737 1737
1738 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1738 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1739 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1739 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1740 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1740 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1741 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1741 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1742 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1742 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1743 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1743 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1744 1744
1745 Example: 1745 Example:
1746 setenv splashpos m,m 1746 setenv splashpos m,m
1747 => image at center of screen 1747 => image at center of screen
1748 1748
1749 setenv splashpos 30,20 1749 setenv splashpos 30,20
1750 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1750 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1751 1751
1752 setenv splashpos -10,m 1752 setenv splashpos -10,m
1753 => vertically centered image 1753 => vertically centered image
1754 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1754 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1755 1755
1756 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1756 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1757 1757
1758 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1758 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1759 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1759 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1760 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1760 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1761 1761
1762 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1762 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1763 1763
1764 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1764 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1765 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1765 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1766 bmp command. 1766 bmp command.
1767 1767
1768 - Do compresssing for memory range: 1768 - Do compresssing for memory range:
1769 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1769 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1770 1770
1771 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1771 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1772 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1772 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1773 1773
1774 - Compression support: 1774 - Compression support:
1775 CONFIG_GZIP 1775 CONFIG_GZIP
1776 1776
1777 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. 1777 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1778 1778
1779 CONFIG_BZIP2 1779 CONFIG_BZIP2
1780 1780
1781 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1781 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1782 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1782 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1783 compressed images are supported. 1783 compressed images are supported.
1784 1784
1785 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1785 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1786 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1786 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1787 be at least 4MB. 1787 be at least 4MB.
1788 1788
1789 CONFIG_LZMA 1789 CONFIG_LZMA
1790 1790
1791 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1791 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1792 images is included. 1792 images is included.
1793 1793
1794 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1794 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1795 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1795 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1796 formula: 1796 formula:
1797 1797
1798 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1798 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1799 1799
1800 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1800 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1801 and Literal pos bits. 1801 and Literal pos bits.
1802 1802
1803 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1803 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1804 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1804 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1805 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1805 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1806 a very small buffer. 1806 a very small buffer.
1807 1807
1808 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1808 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1809 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1809 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1810 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1810 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1811 1811
1812 CONFIG_LZO 1812 CONFIG_LZO
1813 1813
1814 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images 1814 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1815 is included. 1815 is included.
1816 1816
1817 - MII/PHY support: 1817 - MII/PHY support:
1818 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1818 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1819 1819
1820 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1820 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1821 1821
1822 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1822 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1823 1823
1824 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1824 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1825 1825
1826 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1826 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1827 1827
1828 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1828 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1829 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1829 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
1830 1830
1831 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1831 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1832 1832
1833 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1833 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1834 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1834 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1835 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1835 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1836 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1836 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1837 1837
1838 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1838 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1839 1839
1840 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1840 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1841 command issued before MII status register can be read 1841 command issued before MII status register can be read
1842 1842
1843 - Ethernet address: 1843 - Ethernet address:
1844 CONFIG_ETHADDR 1844 CONFIG_ETHADDR
1845 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1845 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
1846 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1846 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1847 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1847 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
1848 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1848 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1849 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1849 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
1850 1850
1851 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1851 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1852 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1852 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
1853 is not determined automatically. 1853 is not determined automatically.
1854 1854
1855 - IP address: 1855 - IP address:
1856 CONFIG_IPADDR 1856 CONFIG_IPADDR
1857 1857
1858 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1858 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1859 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1859 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
1860 determined through e.g. bootp. 1860 determined through e.g. bootp.
1861 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1861 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
1862 1862
1863 - Server IP address: 1863 - Server IP address:
1864 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1864 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1865 1865
1866 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1866 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
1867 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1867 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1868 (Environment variable "serverip") 1868 (Environment variable "serverip")
1869 1869
1870 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1870 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1871 1871
1872 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1872 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1873 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1873 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1874 1874
1875 - Gateway IP address: 1875 - Gateway IP address:
1876 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1876 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1877 1877
1878 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1878 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1879 default router where packets to other networks are 1879 default router where packets to other networks are
1880 sent to. 1880 sent to.
1881 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1881 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1882 1882
1883 - Subnet mask: 1883 - Subnet mask:
1884 CONFIG_NETMASK 1884 CONFIG_NETMASK
1885 1885
1886 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1886 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1887 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1887 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1888 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1888 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1889 forwarded through a router. 1889 forwarded through a router.
1890 (Environment variable "netmask") 1890 (Environment variable "netmask")
1891 1891
1892 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 1892 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
1893 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1893 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1894 1894
1895 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1895 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1896 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1896 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
1897 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1897 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
1898 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1898 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1899 multicast group. 1899 multicast group.
1900 1900
1901 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1901 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1902 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1902 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1903 1903
1904 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1904 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1905 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1905 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1906 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1906 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1907 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1907 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1908 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1908 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1909 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1909 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1911 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1911 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1912 following delays are inserted then: 1912 following delays are inserted then:
1913 1913
1914 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1914 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1915 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1915 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1916 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1916 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1917 4th and following 1917 4th and following
1918 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1918 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1919 1919
1920 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1920 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1921 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1921 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1922 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1922 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
1923 1923
1924 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1924 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1925 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1925 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1926 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1926 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1927 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1927 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1928 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1928 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1929 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1929 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1930 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1931 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1931 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1932 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1932 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1933 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1933 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1935 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1935 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
1936 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1936 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
1937 1937
1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1938 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1939 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1939 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
1940 1940
1941 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1941 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1942 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1942 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1943 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1943 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1944 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1944 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1945 is not available. 1945 is not available.
1946 1946
1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1947 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1948 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1948 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1949 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1949 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1950 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1950 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1951 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1951 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1952 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1952 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1953 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1953 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1954 is defined. 1954 is defined.
1955 1955
1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1956 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1957 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1957 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1958 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1958 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1959 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1959 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1960 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1960 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1961 option 12 to the DHCP server. 1961 option 12 to the DHCP server.
1962 1962
1963 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1963 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1964 1964
1965 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1965 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1966 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1966 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1967 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1967 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1968 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1968 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1969 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1969 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1970 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1970 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1971 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1971 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1972 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1972 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1973 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1973 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1974 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1974 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1975 this delay. 1975 this delay.
1976 1976
1977 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 1977 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1978 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 1978 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1979 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 1979 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1980 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 1980 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1981 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 1981 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1982 1982
1983 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 1983 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1984 1984
1985 - CDP Options: 1985 - CDP Options:
1986 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1986 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
1987 1987
1988 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1988 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1989 1989
1990 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1990 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1991 1991
1992 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1992 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1993 of the device. 1993 of the device.
1994 1994
1995 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1995 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1996 1996
1997 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1997 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1998 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1998 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
1999 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1999 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
2000 2000
2001 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 2001 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2002 2002
2003 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 2003 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2004 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 2004 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2005 2005
2006 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 2006 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2007 2007
2008 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 2008 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2009 2009
2010 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 2010 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2011 2011
2012 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 2012 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2013 2013
2014 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 2014 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2015 2015
2016 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 2016 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2017 2017
2018 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 2018 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2019 2019
2020 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 2020 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2021 device in .1 of milliwatts. 2021 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2022 2022
2023 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 2023 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2024 2024
2025 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 2025 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2026 2026
2027 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 2027 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2028 2028
2029 Several configurations allow to display the current 2029 Several configurations allow to display the current
2030 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 2030 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2031 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 2031 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2032 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 2032 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2033 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 2033 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2034 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 2034 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2035 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 2035 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2036 feature in U-Boot. 2036 feature in U-Boot.
2037 2037
2038 Additional options: 2038 Additional options:
2039 2039
2040 CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2040 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2041 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. 2041 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2042 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a 2042 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2043 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED 2043 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2044 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. 2044 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2045 2045
2046 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE 2046 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2047 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which 2047 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2048 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and 2048 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2049 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. 2049 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2050 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined 2050 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2051 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. 2051 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2052 2052
2053 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 2053 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2054 2054
2055 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 2055 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2056 on those systems that support this (optional) 2056 on those systems that support this (optional)
2057 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 2057 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2058 2058
2059 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C 2059 - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
2060 2060
2061 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use 2061 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2062 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set 2062 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2063 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c 2063 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2064 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See 2064 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2065 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line 2065 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2066 interface. 2066 interface.
2067 2067
2068 ported i2c driver to the new framework: 2068 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
2069 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: 2069 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2070 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define 2070 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2071 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE 2071 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2072 for defining speed and slave address 2072 for defining speed and slave address
2073 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define 2073 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2074 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 2074 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2075 for defining speed and slave address 2075 for defining speed and slave address
2076 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define 2076 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2077 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 2077 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2078 for defining speed and slave address 2078 for defining speed and slave address
2079 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define 2079 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2080 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 2080 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2081 for defining speed and slave address 2081 for defining speed and slave address
2082 2082
2083 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: 2083 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2084 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL 2084 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2085 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register 2085 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2086 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and 2086 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2087 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first 2087 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2088 bus. 2088 bus.
2089 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define 2089 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
2090 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset 2090 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2091 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and 2091 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2092 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the 2092 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2093 second bus. 2093 second bus.
2094 2094
2095 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: 2095 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
2096 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA 2096 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2097 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from 2097 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2098 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2098 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2099 2099
2100 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c 2100 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2101 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX 2101 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 2102 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 2103 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2104 2104
2105 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c 2105 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2106 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC 2106 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2107 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED 2107 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2108 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE 2108 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2109 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED 2109 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2110 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE 2110 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2111 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED 2111 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2112 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE 2112 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2113 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 2113 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2114 for speed, and 0 for slave. 2114 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2115 2115
2116 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: 2116 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2117 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR 2117 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2118 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses 2118 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2119 2119
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 2120 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 2121 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 2122 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 2123 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2124 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 2124 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2125 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 2125 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2126 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 2126 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2127 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 2127 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2128 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses 2128 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2129 2129
2130 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: 2130 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2131 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH 2131 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2132 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses 2132 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2133 2133
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 2134 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 2135 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 2136 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 2137 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2138 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 2138 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2139 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 2139 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2140 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 2140 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2141 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 2141 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2142 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 2142 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2143 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 2143 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2144 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 2144 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2145 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 2145 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2146 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses 2146 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2147 2147
2148 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c 2148 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2149 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX 2149 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2150 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 2150 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2151 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 2151 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2152 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 2152 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2153 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 2153 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2154 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 2154 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2155 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 2155 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2156 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 2156 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2157 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 2157 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2158 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 2158 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2159 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 2159 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2160 2160
2161 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c 2161 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2162 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ 2162 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2163 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting 2163 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2164 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr 2164 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2165 2165
2166 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: 2166 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2167 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 2167 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2168 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 2168 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2169 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) 2169 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2170 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! 2170 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2171 2171
2172 additional defines: 2172 additional defines:
2173 2173
2174 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES 2174 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2175 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you 2175 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2176 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this 2176 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2177 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can 2177 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2178 omit this define. 2178 omit this define.
2179 2179
2180 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS 2180 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2181 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. 2181 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2182 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can 2182 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2183 omit this define. 2183 omit this define.
2184 2184
2185 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS 2185 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2186 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected 2186 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2187 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this 2187 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2188 define. 2188 define.
2189 2189
2190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES 2190 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2191 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if 2191 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2192 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example 2192 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2193 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and 2193 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2194 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: 2194 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2195 2195
2196 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2196 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2197 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ 2197 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2198 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ 2198 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2199 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ 2199 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2200 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ 2200 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2201 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ 2201 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2202 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ 2202 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2203 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ 2203 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2204 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ 2204 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2205 } 2205 }
2206 2206
2207 which defines 2207 which defines
2208 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux 2208 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
2209 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 2209 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2210 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 2210 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2211 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 2211 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2212 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 2212 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2213 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 2213 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
2214 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux 2214 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
2215 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 2215 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2216 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 2216 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
2217 2217
2218 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. 2218 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2219 2219
2220 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C 2220 - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
2221 2221
2222 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which 2222 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2223 provides the following compelling advantages: 2223 provides the following compelling advantages:
2224 2224
2225 - more than one i2c adapter is usable 2225 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2226 - approved multibus support 2226 - approved multibus support
2227 - better i2c mux support 2227 - better i2c mux support
2228 2228
2229 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** 2229 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2230 2230
2231 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining 2231 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2232 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver 2232 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2233 for the selected CPU. 2233 for the selected CPU.
2234 2234
2235 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 2235 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
2236 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 2236 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
2237 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 2237 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2238 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 2238 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
2239 command line interface. 2239 command line interface.
2240 2240
2241 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 2241 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
2242 2242
2243 There are several other quantities that must also be 2243 There are several other quantities that must also be
2244 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2244 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2245 2245
2246 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 2246 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
2247 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 2247 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
2248 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 2248 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
2249 the CPU's i2c node address). 2249 the CPU's i2c node address).
2250 2250
2251 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 2251 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
2252 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 2252 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
2253 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 2253 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2254 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 2254 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2255 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 2255 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
2256 2256
2257 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 2257 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2258 2258
2259 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2259 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2260 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2260 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2261 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 2261 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2262 commands until the slave device responds. 2262 commands until the slave device responds.
2263 2263
2264 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 2264 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
2265 2265
2266 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) 2266 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
2267 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 2267 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2268 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 2268 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
2269 2269
2270 I2C_INIT 2270 I2C_INIT
2271 2271
2272 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 2272 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
2273 controller or configure ports. 2273 controller or configure ports.
2274 2274
2275 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 2275 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
2276 2276
2277 I2C_PORT 2277 I2C_PORT
2278 2278
2279 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 2279 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2280 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 2280 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2281 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 2281 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
2282 2282
2283 I2C_ACTIVE 2283 I2C_ACTIVE
2284 2284
2285 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 2285 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2286 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 2286 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2287 define can be null. 2287 define can be null.
2288 2288
2289 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 2289 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2290 2290
2291 I2C_TRISTATE 2291 I2C_TRISTATE
2292 2292
2293 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 2293 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2294 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 2294 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2295 define can be null. 2295 define can be null.
2296 2296
2297 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 2297 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2298 2298
2299 I2C_READ 2299 I2C_READ
2300 2300
2301 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 2301 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2302 false if it is low. 2302 false if it is low.
2303 2303
2304 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 2304 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2305 2305
2306 I2C_SDA(bit) 2306 I2C_SDA(bit)
2307 2307
2308 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 2308 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2309 is false, it clears it (low). 2309 is false, it clears it (low).
2310 2310
2311 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 2311 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
2312 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 2312 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
2313 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 2313 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
2314 2314
2315 I2C_SCL(bit) 2315 I2C_SCL(bit)
2316 2316
2317 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 2317 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2318 is false, it clears it (low). 2318 is false, it clears it (low).
2319 2319
2320 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 2320 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
2321 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 2321 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
2322 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 2322 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
2323 2323
2324 I2C_DELAY 2324 I2C_DELAY
2325 2325
2326 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 2326 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2327 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 2327 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
2328 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 2328 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
2329 like: 2329 like:
2330 2330
2331 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2331 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2332 2332
2333 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2333 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2334 2334
2335 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2335 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2336 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2336 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2337 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2337 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2338 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2338 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2339 2339
2340 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2340 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2341 the generic GPIO functions. 2341 the generic GPIO functions.
2342 2342
2343 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2343 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2344 2344
2345 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2345 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2346 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2346 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2347 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2347 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2348 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2348 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2349 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2349 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2350 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2350 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2351 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2351 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2352 is run early in the boot sequence. 2352 is run early in the boot sequence.
2353 2353
2354 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2354 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2355 2355
2356 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2356 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2357 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2357 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2358 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2358 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2359 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2359 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2360 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2360 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2361 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2361 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2362 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2362 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2363 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2363 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2364 2364
2365 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2365 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2366 2366
2367 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2367 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2368 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2368 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2369 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2369 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2370 2370
2371 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2371 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2372 2372
2373 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2373 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2374 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2374 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2375 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2375 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2376 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2376 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2377 2377
2378 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2378 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2379 2379
2380 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2380 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2381 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2381 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2382 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2382 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2383 a 1D array of device addresses 2383 a 1D array of device addresses
2384 2384
2385 e.g. 2385 e.g.
2386 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2386 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2387 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2387 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2388 2388
2389 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2389 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2390 2390
2391 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2391 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2392 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2392 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2393 2393
2394 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2394 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2395 2395
2396 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2396 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2397 2397
2398 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2398 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2399 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2399 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2400 2400
2401 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2401 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2402 2402
2403 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2403 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2404 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2404 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2405 2405
2406 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2406 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2407 2407
2408 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2408 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2409 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2409 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2410 2410
2411 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2411 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2412 2412
2413 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2413 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2414 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2414 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2415 specified DTT device. 2415 specified DTT device.
2416 2416
2417 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2417 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2418 2418
2419 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2419 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2420 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2420 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2421 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2421 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2422 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2422 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2423 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2423 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2424 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2424 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2425 the other. 2425 the other.
2426 2426
2427 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2427 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2428 2428
2429 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2429 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2430 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2430 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2431 D/As on the SACSng board) 2431 D/As on the SACSng board)
2432 2432
2433 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2433 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2434 2434
2435 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2435 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2436 only SH7757 is supported. 2436 only SH7757 is supported.
2437 2437
2438 CONFIG_SPI_X 2438 CONFIG_SPI_X
2439 2439
2440 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 2440 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2441 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 2441 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2442 2442
2443 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2443 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2444 2444
2445 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2445 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2446 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2446 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2447 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2447 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2448 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2448 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2449 defined, the board configuration must define several 2449 defined, the board configuration must define several
2450 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2450 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2451 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2451 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2452 2452
2453 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2453 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2454 2454
2455 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2455 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2456 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2456 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2457 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2457 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2458 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2458 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2459 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2459 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2460 2460
2461 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2461 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2462 2462
2463 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2463 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2464 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2464 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2465 2465
2466 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2466 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2467 2467
2468 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2468 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2469 2469
2470 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2470 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2471 2471
2472 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2472 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2473 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2473 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2474 2474
2475 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2475 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2476 2476
2477 Enables support for FPGA family. 2477 Enables support for FPGA family.
2478 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2478 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2479 2479
2480 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2480 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2481 2481
2482 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2482 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2483 2483
2484 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2484 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2485 2485
2486 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2486 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2487 2487
2488 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2488 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2489 2489
2490 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2490 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2491 status by the configuration function. This option 2491 status by the configuration function. This option
2492 will require a board or device specific function to 2492 will require a board or device specific function to
2493 be written. 2493 be written.
2494 2494
2495 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2495 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2496 2496
2497 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2497 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2498 configuration driver. 2498 configuration driver.
2499 2499
2500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2501 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2501 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2502 2502
2503 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2503 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2504 2504
2505 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2505 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2506 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2506 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2507 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2507 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2508 indicated a CRC error). 2508 indicated a CRC error).
2509 2509
2510 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2510 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2511 2511
2512 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2512 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2513 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2513 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2514 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2514 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2515 ms. 2515 ms.
2516 2516
2517 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2517 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2518 2518
2519 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2519 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
2520 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2520 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2521 2521
2522 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2522 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2523 2523
2524 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2524 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2525 200 ms. 2525 200 ms.
2526 2526
2527 - Configuration Management: 2527 - Configuration Management:
2528 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2528 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2529 2529
2530 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2530 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2531 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2531 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2532 2532
2533 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2533 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2534 2534
2535 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2535 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2536 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2536 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2537 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2537 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2538 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2538 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2539 protects these variables from casual modification by 2539 protects these variables from casual modification by
2540 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2540 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2541 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2541 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2542 change this behaviour: 2542 change this behaviour:
2543 2543
2544 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2544 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2545 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2545 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2546 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2546 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2547 these parameters. 2547 these parameters.
2548 2548
2549 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2549 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2550 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2550 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2551 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2551 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2552 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2552 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2553 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2553 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2554 read-only.] 2554 read-only.]
2555 2555
2556 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2556 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2557 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2557 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2558 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2558 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2559 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2559 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2560 2560
2561 - Protected RAM: 2561 - Protected RAM:
2562 CONFIG_PRAM 2562 CONFIG_PRAM
2563 2563
2564 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2564 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2565 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2565 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2566 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2566 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2567 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2567 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2568 this default value by defining an environment 2568 this default value by defining an environment
2569 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2569 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2570 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2570 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2571 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2571 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2572 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2572 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2573 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2573 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2574 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2574 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2575 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2575 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2576 2576
2577 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2577 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2578 saveenv 2578 saveenv
2579 2579
2580 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2580 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2581 either, which results in a memory region that will 2581 either, which results in a memory region that will
2582 not be affected by reboots. 2582 not be affected by reboots.
2583 2583
2584 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2584 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2585 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2585 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2586 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2586 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2587 following board configurations are known to be 2587 following board configurations are known to be
2588 "pRAM-clean": 2588 "pRAM-clean":
2589 2589
2590 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2590 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2591 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2591 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2592 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2592 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2593 2593
2594 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2594 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2595 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2595 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2596 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2596 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2597 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2597 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2598 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2598 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2599 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2599 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2600 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2600 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2601 2601
2602 - Error Recovery: 2602 - Error Recovery:
2603 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2603 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2604 2604
2605 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2605 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2606 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2606 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2607 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2607 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2608 system where you want the system to reboot 2608 system where you want the system to reboot
2609 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2609 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2610 useful during development since you can try to debug 2610 useful during development since you can try to debug
2611 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2611 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2612 2612
2613 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2613 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2614 2614
2615 This variable defines the number of retries for 2615 This variable defines the number of retries for
2616 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2616 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2617 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2617 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2618 default value of 5 is used. 2618 default value of 5 is used.
2619 2619
2620 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2620 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2621 2621
2622 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2622 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2623 2623
2624 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2624 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2625 2625
2626 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2626 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2627 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2627 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2628 try longer timeout such as 2628 try longer timeout such as
2629 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2629 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2630 2630
2631 - Command Interpreter: 2631 - Command Interpreter:
2632 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2632 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2633 2633
2634 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2634 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2635 2635
2636 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2636 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2637 for the "hush" shell. 2637 for the "hush" shell.
2638 2638
2639 2639
2640 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2640 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
2641 2641
2642 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2642 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2643 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2643 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2644 powerful command line syntax like 2644 powerful command line syntax like
2645 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2645 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2646 constructs ("shell scripts"). 2646 constructs ("shell scripts").
2647 2647
2648 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2648 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2649 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2649 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2650 2650
2651 2651
2652 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2652 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2653 2653
2654 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2654 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2655 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2655 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2656 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2656 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2657 2657
2658 Note: 2658 Note:
2659 2659
2660 In the current implementation, the local variables 2660 In the current implementation, the local variables
2661 space and global environment variables space are 2661 space and global environment variables space are
2662 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2662 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2663 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2663 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2664 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2664 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2665 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2665 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2666 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2666 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2667 2667
2668 Global environment variables are those you use 2668 Global environment variables are those you use
2669 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2669 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2670 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2670 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2671 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2671 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2672 2672
2673 To store commands and special characters in a 2673 To store commands and special characters in a
2674 variable, please use double quotation marks 2674 variable, please use double quotation marks
2675 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2675 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2676 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2676 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2677 symbols. 2677 symbols.
2678 2678
2679 - Commandline Editing and History: 2679 - Commandline Editing and History:
2680 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2680 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2681 2681
2682 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2682 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2683 commandline input operations 2683 commandline input operations
2684 2684
2685 - Default Environment: 2685 - Default Environment:
2686 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2686 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2687 2687
2688 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2688 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2689 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2689 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2690 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2690 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2691 2691
2692 For example, place something like this in your 2692 For example, place something like this in your
2693 board's config file: 2693 board's config file:
2694 2694
2695 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2695 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2696 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2696 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2697 "myvar2=value2\0" 2697 "myvar2=value2\0"
2698 2698
2699 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2699 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2700 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2700 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2701 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2701 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2702 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2702 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2703 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2703 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2704 You better know what you are doing here. 2704 You better know what you are doing here.
2705 2705
2706 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2706 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2707 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2707 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2708 the environment like the "source" command or the 2708 the environment like the "source" command or the
2709 boot command first. 2709 boot command first.
2710 2710
2711 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2711 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2712 2712
2713 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2713 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2714 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2714 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2715 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2715 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2716 2716
2717 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2717 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2718 2718
2719 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2719 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2720 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2720 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2721 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2721 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2722 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2722 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2723 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2723 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2724 2724
2725 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2725 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2726 2726
2727 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2727 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2728 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2728 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2729 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2729 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2730 2730
2731 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2731 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2732 2732
2733 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2733 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2734 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2734 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2735 that so that the environment is not available until 2735 that so that the environment is not available until
2736 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2736 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2737 this is instead controlled by the value of 2737 this is instead controlled by the value of
2738 /config/load-environment. 2738 /config/load-environment.
2739 2739
2740 - DataFlash Support: 2740 - DataFlash Support:
2741 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2741 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2742 2742
2743 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2743 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2744 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2744 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2745 commands cp, md... 2745 commands cp, md...
2746 2746
2747 - Serial Flash support 2747 - Serial Flash support
2748 CONFIG_CMD_SF 2748 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2749 2749
2750 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2750 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2751 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2751 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2752 2752
2753 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2753 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2754 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2754 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2755 commands. 2755 commands.
2756 2756
2757 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2757 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2758 to handle the common case when only a single serial 2758 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2759 flash is present on the system. 2759 flash is present on the system.
2760 2760
2761 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2761 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2762 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2762 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2763 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2763 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2764 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2764 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2765 2765
2766 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2766 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2767 2767
2768 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2768 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2769 test ('sf test'). 2769 test ('sf test').
2770 2770
2771 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg 2771 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2772 2772
2773 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr 2773 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2774 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. 2774 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2775 2775
2776 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories 2776 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2777 2777
2778 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash 2778 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2779 memories can be connected with a given cs line. 2779 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2780 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. 2780 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2781 2781
2782 - SystemACE Support: 2782 - SystemACE Support:
2783 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2783 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2784 2784
2785 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2785 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2786 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2786 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
2787 of the chip must also be defined in the 2787 of the chip must also be defined in the
2788 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2788 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
2789 2789
2790 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2790 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2791 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2791 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
2792 2792
2793 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2793 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2794 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2794 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2795 2795
2796 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2796 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2797 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2797 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2798 2798
2799 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2799 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
2800 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2800 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
2801 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2801 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
2802 number generator is used. 2802 number generator is used.
2803 2803
2804 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2804 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2805 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2805 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2806 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2806 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2807 2807
2808 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2808 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
2809 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2809 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2810 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2810 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2811 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2811 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2812 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2812 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2813 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2813 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2814 but sometimes that is not allowed. 2814 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2815 2815
2816 - Hashing support: 2816 - Hashing support:
2817 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2817 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2818 2818
2819 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2819 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2820 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2820 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2821 2821
2822 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2822 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2823 2823
2824 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2824 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2825 size a little. 2825 size a little.
2826 2826
2827 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing 2827 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2828 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing 2828 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2829 2829
2830 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2830 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2831 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2831 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2832 2832
2833 - Freescale i.MX specific commands: 2833 - Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2834 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT 2834 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2835 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an 2835 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2836 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. 2836 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2837 2837
2838 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE 2838 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2839 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing 2839 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2840 a boot from specific media. 2840 a boot from specific media.
2841 2841
2842 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to 2842 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2843 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating 2843 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2844 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal 2844 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2845 will set it back to normal. This command currently 2845 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2846 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. 2846 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2847 2847
2848 - Signing support: 2848 - Signing support:
2849 CONFIG_RSA 2849 CONFIG_RSA
2850 2850
2851 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification 2851 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2852 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. 2852 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
2853 2853
2854 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this 2854 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2855 option. 2855 option.
2856 2856
2857 2857
2858 - Show boot progress: 2858 - Show boot progress:
2859 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2859 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2860 2860
2861 Defining this option allows to add some board- 2861 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2862 specific code (calling a user-provided function 2862 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2863 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2863 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2864 the system's boot progress on some display (for 2864 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2865 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2865 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2866 the following checkpoints are implemented: 2866 the following checkpoints are implemented:
2867 2867
2868 - Detailed boot stage timing 2868 - Detailed boot stage timing
2869 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE 2869 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2870 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage 2870 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2871 of the boot process. 2871 of the boot process.
2872 2872
2873 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT 2873 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2874 This is the number of available user bootstage records. 2874 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2875 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) 2875 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2876 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed 2876 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2877 the limit, recording will stop. 2877 the limit, recording will stop.
2878 2878
2879 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT 2879 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2880 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: 2880 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2881 2881
2882 Timer summary in microseconds: 2882 Timer summary in microseconds:
2883 Mark Elapsed Stage 2883 Mark Elapsed Stage
2884 0 0 reset 2884 0 0 reset
2885 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start 2885 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2886 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 2886 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2887 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done 2887 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2888 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start 2888 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2889 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop 2889 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2890 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start 2890 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2891 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel 2891 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2892 2892
2893 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE 2893 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2894 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report 2894 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2895 and un/stashing of bootstage data. 2895 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2896 2896
2897 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT 2897 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2898 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' 2898 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2899 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child 2899 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2900 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the 2900 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2901 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the 2901 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2902 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. 2902 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2903 For example: 2903 For example:
2904 2904
2905 bootstage { 2905 bootstage {
2906 154 { 2906 154 {
2907 name = "board_init_f"; 2907 name = "board_init_f";
2908 mark = <3575678>; 2908 mark = <3575678>;
2909 }; 2909 };
2910 170 { 2910 170 {
2911 name = "lcd"; 2911 name = "lcd";
2912 accum = <33482>; 2912 accum = <33482>;
2913 }; 2913 };
2914 }; 2914 };
2915 2915
2916 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. 2916 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2917 2917
2918 Legacy uImage format: 2918 Legacy uImage format:
2919 2919
2920 Arg Where When 2920 Arg Where When
2921 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2921 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
2922 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2922 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
2923 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2923 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
2924 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2924 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
2925 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2925 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
2926 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2926 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
2927 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2927 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2928 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2928 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2929 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2929 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2930 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2930 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
2931 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2931 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2932 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2932 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2933 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2933 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2934 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2934 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
2935 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2935 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
2936 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2936 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
2937 2937
2938 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2938 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2939 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2939 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2940 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2940 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2941 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2941 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2942 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2942 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2943 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2943 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2944 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2944 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
2945 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2945 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
2946 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2946 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2947 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2947 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2948 2948
2949 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2949 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
2950 2950
2951 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2951 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
2952 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2952 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2953 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2953 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
2954 2954
2955 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2955 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2956 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2956 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2957 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2957 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2958 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2958 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2959 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2959 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2960 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2960 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2961 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2961 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2962 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2962 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2963 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2963 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2964 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2964 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2965 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2965 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2966 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2966 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2967 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2967 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2968 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 2968 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2969 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 2969 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2970 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 2970 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2971 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 2971 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2972 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 2972 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2973 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 2973 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2974 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 2974 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2975 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 2975 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2976 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 2976 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2977 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 2977 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2978 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 2978 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2979 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 2979 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2980 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 2980 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2981 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2981 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2982 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 2982 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2983 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 2983 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2984 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 2984 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2985 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 2985 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2986 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 2986 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2987 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 2987 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2988 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 2988 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2989 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 2989 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2990 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 2990 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2991 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 2991 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2992 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 2992 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2993 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 2993 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2994 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2994 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2995 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 2995 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2996 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2996 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2997 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 2997 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2998 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 2998 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2999 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 2999 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3000 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 3000 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3001 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 3001 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
3002 3002
3003 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 3003 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
3004 3004
3005 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 3005 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
3006 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 3006 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3007 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 3007 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
3008 3008
3009 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 3009 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3010 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 3010 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
3011 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 3011 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
3012 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 3012 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3013 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 3013 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3014 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 3014 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
3015 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 3015 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3016 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 3016 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
3017 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 3017 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
3018 3018
3019 FIT uImage format: 3019 FIT uImage format:
3020 3020
3021 Arg Where When 3021 Arg Where When
3022 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 3022 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3023 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 3023 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3024 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 3024 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3025 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 3025 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3026 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 3026 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3027 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 3027 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
3028 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 3028 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
3029 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 3029 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3030 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 3030 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3031 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 3031 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3032 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 3032 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3033 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 3033 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
3034 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 3034 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3035 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 3035 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
3036 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 3036 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3037 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 3037 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3038 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 3038 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3039 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 3039 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3040 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 3040 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3041 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 3041 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3042 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 3042 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3043 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 3043 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3044 3044
3045 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 3045 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3046 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 3046 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3047 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 3047 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
3048 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 3048 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
3049 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 3049 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3050 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 3050 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3051 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 3051 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3052 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 3052 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3053 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 3053 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3054 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 3054 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3055 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 3055 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3056 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 3056 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3057 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 3057 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3058 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 3058 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3059 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 3059 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3060 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 3060 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3061 3061
3062 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 3062 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
3063 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 3063 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3064 3064
3065 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 3065 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
3066 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 3066 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3067 3067
3068 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 3068 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
3069 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 3069 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3070 3070
3071 - FIT image support: 3071 - FIT image support:
3072 CONFIG_FIT 3072 CONFIG_FIT
3073 Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 3073 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3074 3074
3075 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 3075 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3076 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 3076 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3077 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 3077 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3078 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 3078 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3079 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 3079 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3080 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 3080 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3081 3081
3082 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE 3082 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3083 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, 3083 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3084 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See 3084 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3085 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. 3085 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3086 3086
3087 - Standalone program support: 3087 - Standalone program support:
3088 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 3088 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3089 3089
3090 This option defines a board specific value for the 3090 This option defines a board specific value for the
3091 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 3091 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3092 overwriting the architecture dependent default 3092 overwriting the architecture dependent default
3093 settings. 3093 settings.
3094 3094
3095 - Frame Buffer Address: 3095 - Frame Buffer Address:
3096 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 3096 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3097 3097
3098 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 3098 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
3099 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 3099 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3100 when using a graphics controller has separate video 3100 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3101 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 3101 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3102 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 3102 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3103 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 3103 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3104 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 3104 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3105 configured panel size. 3105 configured panel size.
3106 3106
3107 Please see board_init_f function. 3107 Please see board_init_f function.
3108 3108
3109 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 3109 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3110 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 3110 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3111 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 3111 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3112 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 3112 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3113 3113
3114 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 3114 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3115 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 3115 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3116 3116
3117 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 3117 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3118 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 3118 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3119 3119
3120 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 3120 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3121 Needed for mtdparts command support. 3121 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3122 3122
3123 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 3123 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3124 3124
3125 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 3125 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3126 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 3126 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3127 3127
3128 - UBI support 3128 - UBI support
3129 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 3129 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3130 3130
3131 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 3131 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3132 with the UBI flash translation layer 3132 with the UBI flash translation layer
3133 3133
3134 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 3134 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3135 3135
3136 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3136 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3137 3137
3138 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 3138 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3139 warnings and errors enabled. 3139 warnings and errors enabled.
3140 3140
3141 - UBIFS support 3141 - UBIFS support
3142 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 3142 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3143 3143
3144 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 3144 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3145 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 3145 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3146 3146
3147 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 3147 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3148 3148
3149 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3149 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3150 3150
3151 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 3151 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3152 warnings and errors enabled. 3152 warnings and errors enabled.
3153 3153
3154 - SPL framework 3154 - SPL framework
3155 CONFIG_SPL 3155 CONFIG_SPL
3156 Enable building of SPL globally. 3156 Enable building of SPL globally.
3157 3157
3158 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 3158 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3159 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 3159 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3160 3160
3161 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 3161 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3162 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 3162 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3163 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 3163 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3164 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3164 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3165 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3165 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3166 must not be both defined at the same time. 3166 must not be both defined at the same time.
3167 3167
3168 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 3168 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
3169 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 3169 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3170 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 3170 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3171 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 3171 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3172 not exceed it. 3172 not exceed it.
3173 3173
3174 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 3174 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3175 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 3175 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
3176 3176
3177 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 3177 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3178 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 3178 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3179 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 3179 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3180 3180
3181 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 3181 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3182 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 3182 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3183 3183
3184 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3184 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3185 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 3185 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3186 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 3186 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3187 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 3187 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
3188 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 3188 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
3189 must not be both defined at the same time. 3189 must not be both defined at the same time.
3190 3190
3191 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 3191 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3192 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 3192 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3193 3193
3194 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 3194 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3195 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 3195 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3196 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 3196 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3197 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 3197 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3198 3198
3199 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 3199 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3200 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3200 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3201 3201
3202 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 3202 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3203 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 3203 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3204 3204
3205 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 3205 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3206 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 3206 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3207 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 3207 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3208 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 3208 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3209 3209
3210 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 3210 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3211 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 3211 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3212 about the running system. 3212 about the running system.
3213 3213
3214 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 3214 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3215 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 3215 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3216 3216
3217 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 3217 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3218 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 3218 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
3219 3219
3220 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 3220 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3221 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 3221 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
3222 3222
3223 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 3223 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3224 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 3224 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
3225 3225
3226 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 3226 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3227 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 3227 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
3228 3228
3229 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 3229 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3230 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 3230 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
3231 3231
3232 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 3232 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3233 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 3233 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3234 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION 3234 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3235 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 3235 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3236 when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 3236 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3237 3237
3238 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR 3238 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3239 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being 3239 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3240 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) 3240 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3241 3241
3242 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, 3242 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3243 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS 3243 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3244 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument 3244 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3245 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode 3245 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3246 (for falcon mode) 3246 (for falcon mode)
3247 3247
3248 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 3248 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3249 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 3249 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3250 3250
3251 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 3251 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3252 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT 3252 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3253 3253
3254 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME 3254 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3255 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading 3255 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3256 from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3256 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3257 3257
3258 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME 3258 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3259 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters 3259 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3260 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) 3260 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3261 3261
3262 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 3262 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3263 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 3263 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3264 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 3264 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3265 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 3265 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3266 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 3266 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3267 3267
3268 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 3268 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3269 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 3269 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3270 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 3270 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3271 3271
3272 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 3272 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3273 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 3273 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3274 3274
3275 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 3275 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3276 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 3276 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3277 3277
3278 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 3278 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
3279 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 3279 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3280 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 3280 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
3281 3281
3282 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT 3282 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3283 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for 3283 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
3284 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. 3284 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
3285 3285
3286 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR 3286 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3287 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in 3287 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3288 SPL binary. 3288 SPL binary.
3289 3289
3290 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 3290 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3291 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 3291 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3292 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 3292 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3293 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 3293 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3294 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 3294 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3295 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 3295 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
3296 to read U-Boot 3296 to read U-Boot
3297 3297
3298 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT 3298 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3299 Add support NAND boot 3299 Add support NAND boot
3300 3300
3301 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 3301 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
3302 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 3302 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3303 3303
3304 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 3304 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3305 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 3305 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3306 3306
3307 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 3307 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3308 Size of image to load 3308 Size of image to load
3309 3309
3310 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 3310 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
3311 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 3311 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
3312 3312
3313 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 3313 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3314 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 3314 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3315 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. 3315 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3316 3316
3317 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 3317 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3318 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 3318 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3319 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 3319 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3320 3320
3321 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 3321 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3322 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 3322 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
3323 3323
3324 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 3324 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3325 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 3325 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
3326 3326
3327 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 3327 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3328 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 3328 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
3329 3329
3330 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 3330 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3331 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 3331 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3332 3332
3333 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 3333 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3334 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 3334 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
3335 3335
3336 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT 3336 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3337 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary 3337 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3338 3338
3339 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT 3339 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3340 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. 3340 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3341 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by 3341 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3342 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE 3342 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3343 3343
3344 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 3344 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
3345 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 3345 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3346 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3346 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3347 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3347 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3348 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3348 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3349 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3349 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3350 3350
3351 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 3351 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3352 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 3352 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3353 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 3353 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3354 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 3354 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3355 3355
3356 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT 3356 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3357 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of 3357 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3358 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this 3358 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3359 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the 3359 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3360 bootm command when booting a FIT image. 3360 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3361 3361
3362 - TPL framework 3362 - TPL framework
3363 CONFIG_TPL 3363 CONFIG_TPL
3364 Enable building of TPL globally. 3364 Enable building of TPL globally.
3365 3365
3366 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO 3366 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3367 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending 3367 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3368 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as 3368 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3369 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 3369 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3370 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 3370 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3371 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 3371 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
3372 3372
3373 Modem Support: 3373 Modem Support:
3374 -------------- 3374 --------------
3375 3375
3376 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3376 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
3377 3377
3378 - Modem support enable: 3378 - Modem support enable:
3379 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3379 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3380 3380
3381 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3381 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3382 CONFIG_HWFLOW 3382 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3383 3383
3384 - Modem debug support: 3384 - Modem debug support:
3385 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3385 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3386 3386
3387 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3387 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3388 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3388 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
3389 3389
3390 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3390 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3391 3391
3392 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3392 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3393 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3393 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3394 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3394 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3395 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3395 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3396 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3396 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3397 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3397 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3398 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3398 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3399 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3399 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3400 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3400 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3401 general timer_interrupt(). 3401 general timer_interrupt().
3402 3402
3403 - General: 3403 - General:
3404 3404
3405 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3405 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3406 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3406 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3407 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3407 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
3408 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3408 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
3409 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3409 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3410 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3410 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3411 initialization. 3411 initialization.
3412 3412
3413 If there are no modem init strings in the 3413 If there are no modem init strings in the
3414 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3414 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3415 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3415 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
3416 suppressed, though. 3416 suppressed, though.
3417 3417
3418 See also: doc/README.Modem 3418 See also: doc/README.Modem
3419 3419
3420 Board initialization settings: 3420 Board initialization settings:
3421 ------------------------------ 3421 ------------------------------
3422 3422
3423 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3423 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3424 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3424 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3425 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3425 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3426 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3426 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3427 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3427 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3428 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3428 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3429 3429
3430 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3430 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3431 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3431 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3432 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3432 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3433 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3433 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3434 3434
3435 Configuration Settings: 3435 Configuration Settings:
3436 ----------------------- 3436 -----------------------
3437 3437
3438 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3438 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3439 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3439 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3440 3440
3441 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3441 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3442 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3442 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3443 3443
3444 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3444 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3445 prompt for user input. 3445 prompt for user input.
3446 3446
3447 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3447 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3448 3448
3449 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3449 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3450 3450
3451 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3451 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3452 3452
3453 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3453 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3454 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3454 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3455 booted 3455 booted
3456 3456
3457 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3457 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3458 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3458 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3459 3459
3460 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3460 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
3461 Suppress display of console information at boot. 3461 Suppress display of console information at boot.
3462 3462
3463 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3463 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
3464 If the board specific function 3464 If the board specific function
3465 extern int overwrite_console (void); 3465 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3466 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3466 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
3467 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3467 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3468 3468
3469 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3469 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
3470 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3470 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
3471 3471
3472 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3472 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
3473 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3473 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3474 3474
3475 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3475 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3476 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3476 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3477 simple memory test. 3477 simple memory test.
3478 3478
3479 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3479 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3480 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3480 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3481 3481
3482 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3482 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3483 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3483 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3484 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3484 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3485 3485
3486 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3486 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3487 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3487 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3488 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3488 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3489 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3489 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3490 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3490 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3491 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3491 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3492 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3492 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3493 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3493 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3494 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3494 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3495 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3495 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3496 3496
3497 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3497 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3498 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3498 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3499 be touched. 3499 be touched.
3500 3500
3501 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3501 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3502 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3502 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3503 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3503 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3504 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3504 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3505 problems. 3505 problems.
3506 3506
3507 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3507 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3508 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3508 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3509 3509
3510 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3510 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3511 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3511 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3512 3512
3513 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3513 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
3514 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3514 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3515 Cogent motherboard) 3515 Cogent motherboard)
3516 3516
3517 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3517 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3518 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3518 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3519 3519
3520 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3520 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3521 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3521 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3522 make config files to be same as the text base address 3522 make config files to be same as the text base address
3523 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3523 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3524 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3524 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3525 3525
3526 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3526 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3527 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3527 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3528 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3528 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3529 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3529 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3530 flash sector. 3530 flash sector.
3531 3531
3532 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3532 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3533 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3533 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3534 3534
3535 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3535 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3536 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3536 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3537 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3537 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3538 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3538 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3539 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3539 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3540 3540
3541 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3541 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3542 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3542 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3543 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3543 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3544 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3544 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3545 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3545 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3546 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3546 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3547 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3547 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3548 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3548 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3549 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3549 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3550 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3550 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3551 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3551 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3552 3552
3553 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3553 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3554 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3554 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3555 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3555 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3556 is enabled. 3556 is enabled.
3557 3557
3558 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3558 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3559 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3559 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3560 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3560 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3561 3561
3562 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3562 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3563 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3563 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3564 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3564 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3565 3565
3566 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3566 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
3567 Max number of Flash memory banks 3567 Max number of Flash memory banks
3568 3568
3569 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3569 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
3570 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3570 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3571 3571
3572 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3572 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
3573 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3573 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3574 3574
3575 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3575 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
3576 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3576 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3577 3577
3578 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3578 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
3579 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3579 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3580 3580
3581 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3581 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
3582 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3582 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3583 3583
3584 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3584 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
3585 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3585 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3586 instead of U-Boot software protection. 3586 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3587 3587
3588 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3588 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
3589 3589
3590 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3590 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3591 without this option such a download has to be 3591 without this option such a download has to be
3592 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3592 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3593 copy from RAM to flash. 3593 copy from RAM to flash.
3594 3594
3595 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3595 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3596 you can check if the download worked before you erase 3596 you can check if the download worked before you erase
3597 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3597 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3598 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3598 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
3599 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3599 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3600 3600
3601 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3601 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
3602 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3602 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
3603 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3603 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3604 3604
3605 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3605 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
3606 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3606 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3607 in the drivers directory 3607 in the drivers directory
3608 3608
3609 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3609 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3610 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3610 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3611 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3611 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3612 to the MTD layer. 3612 to the MTD layer.
3613 3613
3614 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3614 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3615 Use buffered writes to flash. 3615 Use buffered writes to flash.
3616 3616
3617 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3617 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3618 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3618 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3619 write commands. 3619 write commands.
3620 3620
3621 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3621 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
3622 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3622 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3623 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3623 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3624 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3624 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3625 optionally available. 3625 optionally available.
3626 3626
3627 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3627 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3628 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3628 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3629 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3629 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3630 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3630 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3631 3631
3632 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3632 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3633 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3633 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3634 against the source after the write operation. An error message 3634 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3635 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3635 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3636 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3636 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3637 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3637 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3638 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3638 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3639 this option if you really know what you are doing. 3639 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3640 3640
3641 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3641 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
3642 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3642 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3643 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3643 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
3644 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3644 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3645 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3645 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
3646 on high Ethernet traffic. 3646 on high Ethernet traffic.
3647 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3647 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3648 3648
3649 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3649 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3650 3650
3651 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3651 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3652 internally to store the environment settings. The default 3652 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3653 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3653 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3654 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3654 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3655 lib/hashtable.c for details. 3655 lib/hashtable.c for details.
3656 3656
3657 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3657 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3658 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3658 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3659 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when 3659 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
3660 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3660 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3661 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3661 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3662 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3662 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3663 3663
3664 The format of the list is: 3664 The format of the list is:
3665 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3665 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3666 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] 3666 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3667 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] 3667 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
3668 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3668 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3669 list = entry[,list] 3669 list = entry[,list]
3670 3670
3671 The type attributes are: 3671 The type attributes are:
3672 s - String (default) 3672 s - String (default)
3673 d - Decimal 3673 d - Decimal
3674 x - Hexadecimal 3674 x - Hexadecimal
3675 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3675 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3676 i - IP address 3676 i - IP address
3677 m - MAC address 3677 m - MAC address
3678 3678
3679 The access attributes are: 3679 The access attributes are:
3680 a - Any (default) 3680 a - Any (default)
3681 r - Read-only 3681 r - Read-only
3682 o - Write-once 3682 o - Write-once
3683 c - Change-default 3683 c - Change-default
3684 3684
3685 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3685 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3686 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3686 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3687 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3687 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3688 3688
3689 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3689 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3690 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3690 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3691 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3691 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3692 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3692 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3693 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3693 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3694 ".flags" variable. 3694 ".flags" variable.
3695 3695
3696 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3696 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3697 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3697 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3698 access flags. 3698 access flags.
3699 3699
3700 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 3700 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3701 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 3701 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3702 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 3702 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3703 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 3703 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3704 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 3704 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3705 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 3705 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3706 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in 3706 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3707 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on 3707 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3708 your board please report the problem and send patches! 3708 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3709 3709
3710 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) 3710 - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3711 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should 3711 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3712 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how 3712 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3713 the value can be calulated on a given board. 3713 the value can be calulated on a given board.
3714 3714
3715 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3715 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3716 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3716 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3717 following configurations: 3717 following configurations:
3718 3718
3719 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3719 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3720 3720
3721 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3721 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3722 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3722 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3723 3723
3724 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3724 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
3725 3725
3726 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3726 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3727 3727
3728 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3728 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3729 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3729 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3730 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3730 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3731 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3731 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3732 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3732 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3733 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3733 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3734 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3734 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3735 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3735 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3736 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3736 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3737 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3737 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3738 between U-Boot and the environment. 3738 between U-Boot and the environment.
3739 3739
3740 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3740 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3741 3741
3742 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3742 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3743 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3743 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3744 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3744 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3745 for this sector is given here. 3745 for this sector is given here.
3746 3746
3747 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3747 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
3748 3748
3749 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3749 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3750 3750
3751 This is just another way to specify the start address of 3751 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3752 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3752 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
3753 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3753 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
3754 3754
3755 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3755 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3756 3756
3757 Size of the sector containing the environment. 3757 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3758 3758
3759 3759
3760 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3760 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3761 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3761 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3762 the environment. 3762 the environment.
3763 3763
3764 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3764 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3765 3765
3766 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3766 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
3767 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3767 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
3768 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3768 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3769 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3769 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3770 3770
3771 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3771 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3772 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3772 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3773 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3773 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3774 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3774 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3775 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3775 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3776 updating the environment in flash makes it always 3776 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3777 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3777 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3778 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3778 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3779 RAM, your target system will be dead. 3779 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3780 3780
3781 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3781 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3782 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3782 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
3783 3783
3784 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3784 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
3785 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3785 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3786 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3786 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
3787 a "saveenv" operation. 3787 a "saveenv" operation.
3788 3788
3789 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3789 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3790 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3790 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3791 accordingly! 3791 accordingly!
3792 3792
3793 3793
3794 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3794 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
3795 3795
3796 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3796 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3797 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3797 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3798 environment. 3798 environment.
3799 3799
3800 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3800 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3801 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3801 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3802 3802
3803 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3803 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
3804 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3804 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3805 can just be read and written to, without any special 3805 can just be read and written to, without any special
3806 provision. 3806 provision.
3807 3807
3808 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3808 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3809 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3809 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
3810 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3810 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
3811 U-Boot will hang. 3811 U-Boot will hang.
3812 3812
3813 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3813 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3814 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3814 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3815 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3815 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3816 to save the current settings. 3816 to save the current settings.
3817 3817
3818 3818
3819 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3819 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
3820 3820
3821 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3821 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3822 device and a driver for it. 3822 device and a driver for it.
3823 3823
3824 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3824 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3825 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3825 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3826 3826
3827 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3827 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3828 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3828 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3829 3829
3830 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3830 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
3831 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3831 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3832 The default address is zero. 3832 The default address is zero.
3833 3833
3834 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3834 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
3835 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3835 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3836 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3836 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3837 would require six bits. 3837 would require six bits.
3838 3838
3839 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3839 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
3840 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3840 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
3841 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3841 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
3842 3842
3843 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3843 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
3844 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3844 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3845 that this is NOT the chip address length! 3845 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3846 3846
3847 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3847 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
3848 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3848 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3849 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3849 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3850 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3850 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3851 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3851 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3852 byte chips. 3852 byte chips.
3853 3853
3854 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3854 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3855 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3855 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3856 in the chip address. 3856 in the chip address.
3857 3857
3858 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3858 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
3859 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3859 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3860 3860
3861 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3861 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3862 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3862 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3863 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3863 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3864 3864
3865 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3865 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3866 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3866 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3867 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3867 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3868 EEPROM. For example: 3868 EEPROM. For example:
3869 3869
3870 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 3870 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
3871 3871
3872 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3872 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3873 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3873 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
3874 3874
3875 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3875 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
3876 3876
3877 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3877 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
3878 want to use for the environment. 3878 want to use for the environment.
3879 3879
3880 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3880 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3881 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3881 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3882 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3882 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3883 3883
3884 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3884 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3885 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3885 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3886 at the specified address. 3886 at the specified address.
3887 3887
3888 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 3888 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3889 3889
3890 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 3890 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3891 want to use for the local device's environment. 3891 want to use for the local device's environment.
3892 3892
3893 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3893 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3894 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3894 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3895 3895
3896 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 3896 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3897 environment area within the remote memory space. The 3897 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3898 local device can get the environment from remote memory 3898 local device can get the environment from remote memory
3899 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 3899 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
3900 3900
3901 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 3901 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3902 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 3902 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
3903 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 3903 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3904 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 3904 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
3905 3905
3906 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 3906 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
3907 3907
3908 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 3908 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3909 for the environment. 3909 for the environment.
3910 3910
3911 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3911 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3912 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3912 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3913 3913
3914 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3914 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3915 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3915 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3916 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3916 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3917 3917
3918 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3918 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3919 3919
3920 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3920 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3921 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3921 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3922 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3922 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
3923 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 3923 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
3924 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3924 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3925 3925
3926 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 3926 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3927 3927
3928 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 3928 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3929 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 3929 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3930 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 3930 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3931 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 3931 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3932 the range to be avoided. 3932 the range to be avoided.
3933 3933
3934 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 3934 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3935 3935
3936 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 3936 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3937 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 3937 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3938 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 3938 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3939 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 3939 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3940 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 3940 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
3941 3941
3942 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 3942 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3943 3943
3944 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 3944 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3945 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 3945 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3946 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3946 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3947 3947
3948 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 3948 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3949 3949
3950 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 3950 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3951 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 3951 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3952 accesses, which is important on NAND. 3952 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3953 3953
3954 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 3954 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3955 3955
3956 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 3956 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3957 3957
3958 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 3958 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3959 3959
3960 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 3960 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3961 environment in. 3961 environment in.
3962 3962
3963 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 3963 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3964 3964
3965 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 3965 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3966 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 3966 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3967 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 3967 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3968 3968
3969 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3969 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3970 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3970 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3971 3971
3972 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 3972 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3973 when storing the env in UBI. 3973 when storing the env in UBI.
3974 3974
3975 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: 3975 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3976 3976
3977 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the 3977 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3978 environment. 3978 environment.
3979 3979
3980 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: 3980 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3981 3981
3982 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. 3982 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3983 3983
3984 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): 3984 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3985 3985
3986 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not 3986 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3987 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be 3987 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3988 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). 3988 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3989 3989
3990 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3990 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3991 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3991 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3992 3992
3993 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3993 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3994 area within the specified MMC device. 3994 area within the specified MMC device.
3995 3995
3996 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to 3996 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3997 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated 3997 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3998 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if 3998 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3999 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have 3999 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4000 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the 4000 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4001 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the 4001 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4002 maximum possible space before it, to store other data. 4002 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4003 4003
4004 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an 4004 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4005 MMC sector boundary. 4005 MMC sector boundary.
4006 4006
4007 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 4007 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4008 4008
4009 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to 4009 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4010 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a 4010 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4011 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due 4011 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4012 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. 4012 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4013 4013
4014 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the 4014 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4015 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. 4015 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4016 4016
4017 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to 4017 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4018 an MMC sector boundary. 4018 an MMC sector boundary.
4019 4019
4020 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): 4020 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4021 4021
4022 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is 4022 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4023 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as 4023 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4024 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 4024 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4025 4025
4026 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 4026 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
4027 4027
4028 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 4028 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4029 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 4029 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4030 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 4030 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4031 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 4031 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4032 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 4032 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4033 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 4033 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4034 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 4034 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4035 4035
4036 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 4036 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
4037 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 4037 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
4038 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 4038 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
4039 until then to read environment variables. 4039 until then to read environment variables.
4040 4040
4041 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 4041 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4042 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 4042 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4043 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 4043 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4044 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 4044 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4045 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 4045 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4046 have any device yet where we could complain.] 4046 have any device yet where we could complain.]
4047 4047
4048 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 4048 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4049 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 4049 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
4050 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 4050 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
4051 4051
4052 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 4052 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
4053 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 4053 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
4054 4054
4055 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 4055 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
4056 also needs to be defined. 4056 also needs to be defined.
4057 4057
4058 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 4058 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
4059 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 4059 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
4060 4060
4061 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 4061 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4062 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 4062 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4063 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 4063 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4064 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 4064 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4065 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 4065 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4066 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 4066 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4067 4067
4068 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 4068 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4069 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 4069 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4070 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 4070 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4071 to do this. 4071 to do this.
4072 4072
4073 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 4073 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4074 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 4074 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4075 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 4075 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4076 present. 4076 present.
4077 4077
4078 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 4078 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
4079 --------------------------------------------------- 4079 ---------------------------------------------------
4080 4080
4081 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 4081 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
4082 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 4082 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4083 4083
4084 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 4084 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
4085 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 4085 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
4086 4086
4087 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 4087 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4088 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 4088 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4089 the IMMR register after a reset. 4089 the IMMR register after a reset.
4090 4090
4091 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 4091 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4092 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 4092 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4093 PowerPC SOCs. 4093 PowerPC SOCs.
4094 4094
4095 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 4095 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4096 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 4096 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4097 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 4097 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4098 4098
4099 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 4099 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4100 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 4100 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4101 4101
4102 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 4102 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4103 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 4103 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4104 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 4104 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
4105 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 4105 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
4106 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 4106 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4107 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 4107 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4108 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 4108 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4109 4109
4110 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 4110 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4111 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 4111 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4112 4112
4113 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 4113 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
4114 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 4114 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4115 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 4115 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
4116 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4116 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4117 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4117 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4118 4118
4119 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 4119 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4120 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 4120 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4121 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 4121 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4122 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 4122 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4123 4123
4124 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 4124 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4125 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 4125 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4126 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 4126 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4127 4127
4128 - Floppy Disk Support: 4128 - Floppy Disk Support:
4129 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 4129 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
4130 4130
4131 the default drive number (default value 0) 4131 the default drive number (default value 0)
4132 4132
4133 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 4133 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
4134 4134
4135 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 4135 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
4136 (default value 1) 4136 (default value 1)
4137 4137
4138 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 4138 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
4139 4139
4140 defines the offset of register from address. It 4140 defines the offset of register from address. It
4141 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 4141 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
4142 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 4142 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
4143 4143
4144 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 4144 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4145 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 4145 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
4146 default value. 4146 default value.
4147 4147
4148 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 4148 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
4149 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 4149 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4150 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 4150 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4151 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 4151 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4152 initializations. 4152 initializations.
4153 4153
4154 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 4154 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4155 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 4155 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4156 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 4156 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4157 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 4157 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4158 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 4158 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4159 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 4159 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4160 is requierd. 4160 is requierd.
4161 4161
4162 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 4162 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
4163 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 4163 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
4164 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 4164 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
4165 4165
4166 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 4166 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
4167 4167
4168 Start address of memory area that can be used for 4168 Start address of memory area that can be used for
4169 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 4169 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4170 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 4170 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4171 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 4171 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4172 will become available only after programming the 4172 will become available only after programming the
4173 memory controller and running certain initialization 4173 memory controller and running certain initialization
4174 sequences. 4174 sequences.
4175 4175
4176 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 4176 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4177 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 4177 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4178 - MPC824X: data cache 4178 - MPC824X: data cache
4179 - PPC4xx: data cache 4179 - PPC4xx: data cache
4180 4180
4181 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 4181 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
4182 4182
4183 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 4183 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
4184 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 4184 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4185 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 4185 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
4186 data is located at the end of the available space 4186 data is located at the end of the available space
4187 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 4187 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
4188 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 4188 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4189 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 4189 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4190 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 4190 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
4191 4191
4192 Note: 4192 Note:
4193 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 4193 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4194 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 4194 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
4195 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 4195 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
4196 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 4196 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4197 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 4197 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4198 4198
4199 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 4199 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
4200 4200
4201 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 4201 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
4202 4202
4203 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 4203 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
4204 4204
4205 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 4205 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
4206 4206
4207 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 4207 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
4208 4208
4209 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 4209 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
4210 4210
4211 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 4211 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
4212 SDRAM timing 4212 SDRAM timing
4213 4213
4214 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 4214 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
4215 periodic timer for refresh 4215 periodic timer for refresh
4216 4216
4217 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 4217 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
4218 4218
4219 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 4219 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4220 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 4220 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4221 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 4221 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4222 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 4222 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
4223 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 4223 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4224 4224
4225 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 4225 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
4226 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 4226 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4227 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 4227 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
4228 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 4228 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4229 4229
4230 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 4230 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4231 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 4231 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
4232 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 4232 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4233 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 4233 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4234 4234
4235 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4235 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4236 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4236 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4237 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 4237 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4238 4238
4239 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4239 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4240 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4240 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4241 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 4241 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4242 4242
4243 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 4243 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
4244 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 4244 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4245 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 4245 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4246 4246
4247 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 4247 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
4248 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 4248 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4249 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 4249 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4250 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 4250 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4251 4251
4252 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 4252 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
4253 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 4253 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4254 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 4254 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4255 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 4255 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4256 cpm_8260.h. 4256 cpm_8260.h.
4257 4257
4258 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4258 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4259 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 4259 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4260 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 4260 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4261 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 4261 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4262 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 4262 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4263 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 4263 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4264 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 4264 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4265 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 4265 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
4266 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 4266 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
4267 4267
4268 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 4268 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4269 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 4269 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4270 required. 4270 required.
4271 4271
4272 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 4272 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4273 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. 4273 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4274 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 4274 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4275 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 4275 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4276 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 4276 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4277 by coreboot or similar. 4277 by coreboot or similar.
4278 4278
4279 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: 4279 - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4280 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. 4280 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4281 4281
4282 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 4282 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4283 Chip has SRIO or not 4283 Chip has SRIO or not
4284 4284
4285 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 4285 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
4286 Board has SRIO 1 port available 4286 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4287 4287
4288 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 4288 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
4289 Board has SRIO 2 port available 4289 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4290 4290
4291 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER 4291 - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4292 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE 4292 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4293 4293
4294 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 4294 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4295 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4295 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4296 4296
4297 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 4297 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4298 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4298 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4299 4299
4300 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 4300 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4301 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 4301 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4302 4302
4303 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 4303 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4304 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 4304 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4305 a 16 bit bus. 4305 a 16 bit bus.
4306 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 4306 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
4307 Example of drivers that use it: 4307 Example of drivers that use it:
4308 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 4308 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
4309 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 4309 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
4310 4310
4311 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 4311 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4312 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 4312 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4313 a default value will be used. 4313 a default value will be used.
4314 4314
4315 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 4315 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
4316 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 4316 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4317 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 4317 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4318 4318
4319 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 4319 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4320 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 4320 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4321 4321
4322 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 4322 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
4323 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 4323 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4324 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 4324 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4325 to something your driver can deal with. 4325 to something your driver can deal with.
4326 4326
4327 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 4327 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4328 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 4328 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4329 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 4329 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4330 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 4330 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4331 header files or board specific files. 4331 header files or board specific files.
4332 4332
4333 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 4333 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4334 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 4334 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4335 4335
4336 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 4336 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
4337 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 4337 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4338 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 4338 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
4339 4339
4340 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 4340 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4341 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 4341 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4342 4342
4343 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 4343 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4344 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 4344 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
4345 to the given FEC; i. e. 4345 to the given FEC; i. e.
4346 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 4346 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
4347 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 4347 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4348 4348
4349 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 4349 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4350 4350
4351 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 4351 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4352 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 4352 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4353 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 4353 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4354 4354
4355 - CONFIG_RMII 4355 - CONFIG_RMII
4356 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 4356 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4357 Note that this is a global option, we can't 4357 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4358 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 4358 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4359 4359
4360 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 4360 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4361 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 4361 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4362 The syntax is: 4362 The syntax is:
4363 4363
4364 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 4364 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4365 4365
4366 Where address/count indicate a memory area 4366 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4367 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 4367 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4368 area should have. 4368 area should have.
4369 4369
4370 - CONFIG_LOOPW 4370 - CONFIG_LOOPW
4371 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 4371 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
4372 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4372 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4373 4373
4374 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 4374 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4375 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 4375 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4376 "md/mw" commands. 4376 "md/mw" commands.
4377 Examples: 4377 Examples:
4378 4378
4379 => mdc.b 10 4 500 4379 => mdc.b 10 4 500
4380 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 4380 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4381 4381
4382 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 4382 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
4383 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 4383 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4384 4384
4385 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 4385 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
4386 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 4386 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
4387 4387
4388 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 4388 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
4389 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 4389 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
4390 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 4390 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4391 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 4391 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4392 relocate itself into RAM. 4392 relocate itself into RAM.
4393 4393
4394 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 4394 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4395 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 4395 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4396 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 4396 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4397 these initializations itself. 4397 these initializations itself.
4398 4398
4399 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 4399 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
4400 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4400 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4401 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 4401 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4402 compiling a NAND SPL. 4402 compiling a NAND SPL.
4403 4403
4404 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD 4404 - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4405 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 4405 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4406 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. 4406 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4407 It is loaded by the SPL. 4407 It is loaded by the SPL.
4408 4408
4409 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC 4409 - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4410 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section 4410 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4411 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the 4411 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4412 previous 4k of the .text section. 4412 previous 4k of the .text section.
4413 4413
4414 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 4414 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4415 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 4415 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4416 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 4416 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4417 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 4417 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4418 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 4418 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4419 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 4419 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4420 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 4420 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4421 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 4421 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4422 4422
4423 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 4423 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4424 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 4424 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4425 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 4425 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4426 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 4426 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4427 conditions but may increase the binary size. 4427 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4428 4428
4429 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 4429 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4430 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 4430 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4431 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 4431 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
4432 4432
4433 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4433 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4434 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4434 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4435 4435
4436 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4436 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
4437 4437
4438 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: 4438 - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4439 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms 4439 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4440 4440
4441 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4441 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4442 ----------------------------------- 4442 -----------------------------------
4443 4443
4444 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4444 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4445 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4445 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4446 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4446 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4447 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4447 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4448 within that device. 4448 within that device.
4449 4449
4450 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4450 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4451 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4451 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4452 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4452 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4453 is also specified. 4453 is also specified.
4454 4454
4455 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4455 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4456 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4456 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4457 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4457 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4458 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4458 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4459 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4459 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4460 4460
4461 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4461 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4462 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4462 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4463 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4463 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4464 virtual address in NOR flash. 4464 virtual address in NOR flash.
4465 4465
4466 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4466 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4467 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4467 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4468 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4468 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4469 4469
4470 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4470 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4471 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4471 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4472 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4472 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4473 4473
4474 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4474 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4475 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4475 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4476 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4476 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4477 4477
4478 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4478 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4479 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4479 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4480 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4480 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
4481 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4481 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4482 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4482 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4483 master's memory space. 4483 master's memory space.
4484 4484
4485 Building the Software: 4485 Building the Software:
4486 ====================== 4486 ======================
4487 4487
4488 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4488 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4489 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4489 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4490 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4490 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4491 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4491 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4492 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4492 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4493 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4493 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
4494 4494
4495 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4495 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4496 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4496 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4497 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4497 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4498 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4498 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4499 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4499 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
4500 4500
4501 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4501 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4502 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4502 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
4503 4503
4504 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4504 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4505 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4505 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4506 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4506 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4507 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4507 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4508 4508
4509 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4509 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4510 4510
4511 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4511 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4512 be executed on computers running Windows. 4512 be executed on computers running Windows.
4513 4513
4514 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4514 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4515 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4515 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
4516 is done by typing: 4516 is done by typing:
4517 4517
4518 make NAME_config 4518 make NAME_config
4519 4519
4520 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4520 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4521 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4521 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
4522 4522
4523 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4523 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4524 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4524 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4525 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4525 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4526 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4526 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
4527 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4527 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
4528 4528
4529 make TQM823L_config 4529 make TQM823L_config
4530 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4530 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
4531 4531
4532 make TQM823L_LCD_config 4532 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4533 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4533 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
4534 4534
4535 etc. 4535 etc.
4536 4536
4537 4537
4538 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4538 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4539 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 4539 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
4540 4540
4541 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4541 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4542 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4542 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4543 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4543 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
4544 4544
4545 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4545 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4546 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4546 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4547 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4547 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4548 4548
4549 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4549 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4550 4550
4551 make O=/tmp/build distclean 4551 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4552 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 4552 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4553 make O=/tmp/build all 4553 make O=/tmp/build all
4554 4554
4555 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 4555 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4556 4556
4557 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4557 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4558 make distclean 4558 make distclean
4559 make NAME_config 4559 make NAME_config
4560 make all 4560 make all
4561 4561
4562 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 4562 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4563 variable. 4563 variable.
4564 4564
4565 4565
4566 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4566 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4567 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4567 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4568 native "make". 4568 native "make".
4569 4569
4570 4570
4571 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4571 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4572 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4572 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4573 steps: 4573 steps:
4574 4574
4575 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 4575 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4576 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 4576 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4577 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 4577 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
4578 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4578 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4579 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4579 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4580 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 4580 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
4581 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4581 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4582 your board 4582 your board
4583 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4583 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4584 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4584 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
4585 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 4585 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
4586 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4586 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4587 to be installed on your target system. 4587 to be installed on your target system.
4588 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4588 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4589 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4589 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
4590 4590
4591 4591
4592 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4592 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4593 ============================================================== 4593 ==============================================================
4594 4594
4595 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4595 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4596 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4596 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
4597 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4597 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4598 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4598 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
4599 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4599 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
4600 4600
4601 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4601 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4602 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4602 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
4603 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4603 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4604 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 4604 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
4605 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 4605 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4606 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 4606 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4607 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 4607 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4608 you can type 4608 you can type
4609 4609
4610 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4610 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4611 4611
4612 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 4612 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
4613 4613
4614 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 4614 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
4615 4615
4616 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 4616 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4617 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 4617 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4618 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 4618 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4619 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 4619 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4620 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 4620 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4621 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 4621 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4622 variable. For example: 4622 variable. For example:
4623 4623
4624 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4624 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4625 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 4625 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4626 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4626 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4627 4627
4628 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 4628 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4629 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 4629 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4630 during the whole build process. 4630 during the whole build process.
4631 4631
4632 4632
4633 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4633 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
4634 4634
4635 4635
4636 Monitor Commands - Overview: 4636 Monitor Commands - Overview:
4637 ============================ 4637 ============================
4638 4638
4639 go - start application at address 'addr' 4639 go - start application at address 'addr'
4640 run - run commands in an environment variable 4640 run - run commands in an environment variable
4641 bootm - boot application image from memory 4641 bootm - boot application image from memory
4642 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4642 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
4643 bootz - boot zImage from memory 4643 bootz - boot zImage from memory
4644 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4644 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4645 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4645 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4646 (and eventually "gatewayip") 4646 (and eventually "gatewayip")
4647 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4647 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
4648 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4648 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4649 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4649 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4650 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 4650 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4651 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4651 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4652 md - memory display 4652 md - memory display
4653 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4653 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4654 nm - memory modify (constant address) 4654 nm - memory modify (constant address)
4655 mw - memory write (fill) 4655 mw - memory write (fill)
4656 cp - memory copy 4656 cp - memory copy
4657 cmp - memory compare 4657 cmp - memory compare
4658 crc32 - checksum calculation 4658 crc32 - checksum calculation
4659 i2c - I2C sub-system 4659 i2c - I2C sub-system
4660 sspi - SPI utility commands 4660 sspi - SPI utility commands
4661 base - print or set address offset 4661 base - print or set address offset
4662 printenv- print environment variables 4662 printenv- print environment variables
4663 setenv - set environment variables 4663 setenv - set environment variables
4664 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4664 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4665 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4665 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4666 erase - erase FLASH memory 4666 erase - erase FLASH memory
4667 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 4667 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
4668 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4668 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
4669 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 4669 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4670 iminfo - print header information for application image 4670 iminfo - print header information for application image
4671 coninfo - print console devices and informations 4671 coninfo - print console devices and informations
4672 ide - IDE sub-system 4672 ide - IDE sub-system
4673 loop - infinite loop on address range 4673 loop - infinite loop on address range
4674 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 4674 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
4675 mtest - simple RAM test 4675 mtest - simple RAM test
4676 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 4676 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4677 dcache - enable or disable data cache 4677 dcache - enable or disable data cache
4678 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4678 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4679 echo - echo args to console 4679 echo - echo args to console
4680 version - print monitor version 4680 version - print monitor version
4681 help - print online help 4681 help - print online help
4682 ? - alias for 'help' 4682 ? - alias for 'help'
4683 4683
4684 4684
4685 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4685 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4686 ======================================== 4686 ========================================
4687 4687
4688 TODO. 4688 TODO.
4689 4689
4690 For now: just type "help <command>". 4690 For now: just type "help <command>".
4691 4691
4692 4692
4693 Environment Variables: 4693 Environment Variables:
4694 ====================== 4694 ======================
4695 4695
4696 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4696 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4697 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4697 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
4698 4698
4699 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4699 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4700 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4700 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4701 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4701 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4702 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4702 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4703 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4703 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4704 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4704 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
4705 4705
4706 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4706 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4707 4707
4708 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4708 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
4709 4709
4710 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4710 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
4711 4711
4712 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4712 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
4713 4713
4714 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4714 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4715 4715
4716 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4716 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
4717 4717
4718 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4718 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
4719 4719
4720 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4720 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4721 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4721 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4722 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4722 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4723 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4723 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4724 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4724 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4725 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4725 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
4726 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4726 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4727 bootm_mapsize. 4727 bootm_mapsize.
4728 4728
4729 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4729 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
4730 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4730 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4731 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4731 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4732 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4732 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4733 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4733 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4734 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4734 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4735 used otherwise. 4735 used otherwise.
4736 4736
4737 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4737 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4738 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4738 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4739 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4739 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4740 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4740 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4741 environment variable. 4741 environment variable.
4742 4742
4743 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4743 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4744 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4744 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4745 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4745 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4746 4746
4747 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4747 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4748 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4748 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4749 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4749 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4750 load any image using TFTP 4750 load any image using TFTP
4751 4751
4752 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4752 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4753 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4753 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4754 be automatically started (by internally calling 4754 be automatically started (by internally calling
4755 "bootm") 4755 "bootm")
4756 4756
4757 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4757 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4758 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4758 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4759 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4759 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4760 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4760 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4761 data. 4761 data.
4762 4762
4763 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4763 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4764 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4764 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
4765 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4765 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4766 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4766 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4767 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4767 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4768 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4768 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4769 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4769 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4770 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4770 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4771 access it during the boot procedure. 4771 access it during the boot procedure.
4772 4772
4773 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4773 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4774 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4774 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4775 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4775 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4776 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4776 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4777 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4777 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4778 must be accessible by the kernel. 4778 must be accessible by the kernel.
4779 4779
4780 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4780 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4781 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4781 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4782 defined. 4782 defined.
4783 4783
4784 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4784 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4785 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4785 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4786 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4786 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4787 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4787 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4788 it must be saved and board must be reset. 4788 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4789 4789
4790 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4790 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4791 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4791 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4792 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4792 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4793 is usually what you want since it allows for 4793 is usually what you want since it allows for
4794 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4794 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4795 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4795 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
4796 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4796 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
4797 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4797 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4798 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4798 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4799 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4799 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4800 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4800 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
4801 4801
4802 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4802 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4803 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4803 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4804 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4804 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4805 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4805 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4806 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4806 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4807 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4807 12 MB as well - this can be done with
4808 4808
4809 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4809 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
4810 4810
4811 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4811 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4812 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4812 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4813 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4813 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4814 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4814 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4815 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4815 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4816 boot time on your system, but requires that this 4816 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4817 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4817 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
4818 4818
4819 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4819 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4820 4820
4821 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4821 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4822 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4822 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
4823 4823
4824 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 4824 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
4825 4825
4826 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4826 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4827 4827
4828 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 4828 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
4829 4829
4830 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 4830 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
4831 4831
4832 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 4832 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
4833 4833
4834 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 4834 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
4835 4835
4836 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 4836 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4837 For example you can do the following 4837 For example you can do the following
4838 4838
4839 => setenv ethact FEC 4839 => setenv ethact FEC
4840 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 4840 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4841 => setenv ethact SCC 4841 => setenv ethact SCC
4842 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 4842 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
4843 4843
4844 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 4844 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4845 available network interfaces. 4845 available network interfaces.
4846 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 4846 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4847 4847
4848 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 4848 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
4849 either succeed or fail without retrying. 4849 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4850 When set to "once" the network operation will 4850 When set to "once" the network operation will
4851 fail when all the available network interfaces 4851 fail when all the available network interfaces
4852 are tried once without success. 4852 are tried once without success.
4853 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 4853 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4854 themselves. 4854 themselves.
4855 4855
4856 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 4856 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
4857 4857
4858 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by 4858 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4859 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be 4859 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4860 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If 4860 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4861 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console 4861 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4862 is silent. 4862 is silent.
4863 4863
4864 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 4864 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
4865 UDP source port. 4865 UDP source port.
4866 4866
4867 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 4867 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4868 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 4868 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4869 4869
4870 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 4870 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4871 we use the TFTP server's default block size 4871 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4872 4872
4873 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 4873 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4874 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 4874 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4875 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 4875 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4876 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 4876 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4877 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 4877 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4878 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 4878 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4879 with unreliable TFTP servers. 4879 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4880 4880
4881 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 4881 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
4882 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 4882 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
4883 VLAN tagged frames. 4883 VLAN tagged frames.
4884 4884
4885 The following image location variables contain the location of images 4885 The following image location variables contain the location of images
4886 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 4886 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4887 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 4887 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4888 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 4888 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4889 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 4889 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4890 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 4890 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4891 flash or offset in NAND flash. 4891 flash or offset in NAND flash.
4892 4892
4893 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 4893 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4894 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 4894 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4895 boards use these variables for other purposes. 4895 boards use these variables for other purposes.
4896 4896
4897 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 4897 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4898 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 4898 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
4899 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 4899 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4900 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 4900 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4901 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 4901 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4902 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 4902 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
4903 4903
4904 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 4904 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4905 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 4905 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4906 depending the information provided by your boot server: 4906 depending the information provided by your boot server:
4907 4907
4908 bootfile - see above 4908 bootfile - see above
4909 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 4909 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4910 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 4910 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4911 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 4911 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4912 hostname - Target hostname 4912 hostname - Target hostname
4913 ipaddr - see above 4913 ipaddr - see above
4914 netmask - Subnet Mask 4914 netmask - Subnet Mask
4915 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 4915 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4916 serverip - see above 4916 serverip - see above
4917 4917
4918 4918
4919 There are two special Environment Variables: 4919 There are two special Environment Variables:
4920 4920
4921 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 4921 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4922 as type string and/or serial number 4922 as type string and/or serial number
4923 ethaddr - Ethernet address 4923 ethaddr - Ethernet address
4924 4924
4925 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 4925 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4926 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 4926 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4927 once they have been set once. 4927 once they have been set once.
4928 4928
4929 4929
4930 Further special Environment Variables: 4930 Further special Environment Variables:
4931 4931
4932 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 4932 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4933 with the "version" command. This variable is 4933 with the "version" command. This variable is
4934 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 4934 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
4935 4935
4936 4936
4937 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 4937 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4938 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 4938 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
4939 4939
4940 4940
4941 Callback functions for environment variables: 4941 Callback functions for environment variables:
4942 --------------------------------------------- 4942 ---------------------------------------------
4943 4943
4944 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 4944 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4945 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to 4945 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4946 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 4946 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4947 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 4947 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4948 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 4948 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4949 4949
4950 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 4950 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4951 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 4951 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4952 4952
4953 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 4953 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4954 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 4954 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4955 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 4955 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4956 associations. The list must be in the following format: 4956 associations. The list must be in the following format:
4957 4957
4958 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 4958 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4959 list = entry[,list] 4959 list = entry[,list]
4960 4960
4961 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 4961 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4962 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 4962 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4963 4963
4964 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 4964 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4965 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 4965 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4966 override any association in the static list. You can define 4966 override any association in the static list. You can define
4967 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 4967 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4968 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4968 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4969 4969
4970 4970
4971 Command Line Parsing: 4971 Command Line Parsing:
4972 ===================== 4972 =====================
4973 4973
4974 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 4974 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4975 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 4975 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
4976 4976
4977 Old, simple command line parser: 4977 Old, simple command line parser:
4978 -------------------------------- 4978 --------------------------------
4979 4979
4980 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 4980 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4981 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 4981 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
4982 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 4982 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
4983 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 4983 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4984 for example: 4984 for example:
4985 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 4985 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
4986 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 4986 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4987 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 4987 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
4988 4988
4989 Hush shell: 4989 Hush shell:
4990 ----------- 4990 -----------
4991 4991
4992 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 4992 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4993 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 4993 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4994 until...do...done, ... 4994 until...do...done, ...
4995 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 4995 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4996 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 4996 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4997 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 4997 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4998 command 4998 command
4999 4999
5000 General rules: 5000 General rules:
5001 -------------- 5001 --------------
5002 5002
5003 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 5003 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5004 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 5004 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5005 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 5005 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5006 executed anyway. 5006 executed anyway.
5007 5007
5008 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 5008 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
5009 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 5009 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
5010 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 5010 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5011 variables are not executed. 5011 variables are not executed.
5012 5012
5013 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 5013 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5014 ======================================= 5014 =======================================
5015 5015
5016 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 5016 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
5017 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 5017 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5018 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 5018 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
5019 5019
5020 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 5020 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5021 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 5021 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5022 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 5022 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
5023 5023
5024 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 5024 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5025 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 5025 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5026 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 5026 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5027 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 5027 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
5028 5028
5029 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 5029 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5030 environment, the SROM's address is used. 5030 environment, the SROM's address is used.
5031 5031
5032 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 5032 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5033 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 5033 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5034 used. 5034 used.
5035 5035
5036 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 5036 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5037 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 5037 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
5038 5038
5039 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 5039 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5040 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 5040 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5041 warning is printed. 5041 warning is printed.
5042 5042
5043 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 5043 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5044 is raised. 5044 is raised.
5045 5045
5046 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 5046 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
5047 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 5047 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
5048 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 5048 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5049 The naming convention is as follows: 5049 The naming convention is as follows:
5050 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 5050 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
5051 5051
5052 Image Formats: 5052 Image Formats:
5053 ============== 5053 ==============
5054 5054
5055 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 5055 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5056 images in two formats: 5056 images in two formats:
5057 5057
5058 New uImage format (FIT) 5058 New uImage format (FIT)
5059 ----------------------- 5059 -----------------------
5060 5060
5061 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 5061 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5062 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 5062 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5063 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 5063 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5064 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 5064 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5065 5065
5066 5066
5067 Old uImage format 5067 Old uImage format
5068 ----------------- 5068 -----------------
5069 5069
5070 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 5070 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5071 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 5071 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5072 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 5072 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
5073 5073
5074 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 5074 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5075 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 5075 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
5076 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 5076 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5077 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 5077 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5078 INTEGRITY). 5078 INTEGRITY).
5079 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 5079 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
5080 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 5080 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5081 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 5081 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
5082 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 5082 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5083 * Load Address 5083 * Load Address
5084 * Entry Point 5084 * Entry Point
5085 * Image Name 5085 * Image Name
5086 * Image Timestamp 5086 * Image Timestamp
5087 5087
5088 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 5088 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5089 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 5089 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5090 CRC32 checksums. 5090 CRC32 checksums.
5091 5091
5092 5092
5093 Linux Support: 5093 Linux Support:
5094 ============== 5094 ==============
5095 5095
5096 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 5096 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5097 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 5097 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5098 U-Boot. 5098 U-Boot.
5099 5099
5100 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 5100 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5101 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 5101 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5102 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 5102 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5103 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 5103 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5104 serves several purposes: 5104 serves several purposes:
5105 5105
5106 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 5106 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5107 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 5107 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5108 Flash memory footprint) 5108 Flash memory footprint)
5109 5109
5110 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 5110 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5111 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 5111 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
5112 5112
5113 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 5113 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5114 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 5114 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5115 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 5115 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5116 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 5116 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5117 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 5117 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5118 software is easier now. 5118 software is easier now.
5119 5119
5120 5120
5121 Linux HOWTO: 5121 Linux HOWTO:
5122 ============ 5122 ============
5123 5123
5124 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 5124 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5125 --------------------------------------- 5125 ---------------------------------------
5126 5126
5127 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 5127 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5128 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 5128 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5129 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 5129 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5130 Linux :-). 5130 Linux :-).
5131 5131
5132 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 5132 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
5133 5133
5134 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 5134 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5135 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 5135 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
5136 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 5136 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5137 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 5137 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
5138 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 5138 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
5139 5139
5140 5140
5141 Configuring the Linux kernel: 5141 Configuring the Linux kernel:
5142 ----------------------------- 5142 -----------------------------
5143 5143
5144 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 5144 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5145 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 5145 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
5146 5146
5147 5147
5148 Building a Linux Image: 5148 Building a Linux Image:
5149 ----------------------- 5149 -----------------------
5150 5150
5151 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 5151 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5152 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 5152 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5153 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 5153 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5154 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 5154 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5155 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 5155 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5156 100% compatible format. 5156 100% compatible format.
5157 5157
5158 Example: 5158 Example:
5159 5159
5160 make TQM850L_config 5160 make TQM850L_config
5161 make oldconfig 5161 make oldconfig
5162 make dep 5162 make dep
5163 make uImage 5163 make uImage
5164 5164
5165 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 5165 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5166 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 5166 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5167 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 5167 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
5168 5168
5169 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 5169 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
5170 5170
5171 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 5171 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
5172 5172
5173 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 5173 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5174 -R .note -R .comment \ 5174 -R .note -R .comment \
5175 -S vmlinux linux.bin 5175 -S vmlinux linux.bin
5176 5176
5177 * compress the binary image: 5177 * compress the binary image:
5178 5178
5179 gzip -9 linux.bin 5179 gzip -9 linux.bin
5180 5180
5181 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 5181 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
5182 5182
5183 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 5183 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5184 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 5184 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5185 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 5185 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
5186 5186
5187 5187
5188 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 5188 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5189 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 5189 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5190 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 5190 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5191 byte header containing information about target architecture, 5191 byte header containing information about target architecture,
5192 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 5192 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5193 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 5193 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
5194 5194
5195 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 5195 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5196 print the header information, or to build new images. 5196 print the header information, or to build new images.
5197 5197
5198 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 5198 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5199 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 5199 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5200 checksum verification: 5200 checksum verification:
5201 5201
5202 tools/mkimage -l image 5202 tools/mkimage -l image
5203 -l ==> list image header information 5203 -l ==> list image header information
5204 5204
5205 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 5205 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5206 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 5206 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
5207 5207
5208 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 5208 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5209 -n name -d data_file image 5209 -n name -d data_file image
5210 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 5210 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5211 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 5211 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5212 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 5212 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5213 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 5213 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5214 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 5214 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5215 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 5215 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5216 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 5216 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5217 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 5217 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
5218 5218
5219 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 5219 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5220 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 5220 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5221 kernel version: 5221 kernel version:
5222 5222
5223 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 5223 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5224 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 5224 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
5225 5225
5226 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 5226 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
5227 5227
5228 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5228 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5229 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 5229 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
5230 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 5230 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
5231 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 5231 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5232 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5232 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5233 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5233 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5234 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5234 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5235 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5235 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5236 Load Address: 0x00000000 5236 Load Address: 0x00000000
5237 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5237 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5238 5238
5239 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 5239 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
5240 5240
5241 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 5241 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5242 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5242 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5243 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5243 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5244 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5244 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5245 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 5245 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5246 Load Address: 0x00000000 5246 Load Address: 0x00000000
5247 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5247 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5248 5248
5249 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 5249 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5250 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 5250 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5251 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 5251 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5252 need to be uncompressed: 5252 need to be uncompressed:
5253 5253
5254 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 5254 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
5255 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 5255 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5256 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 5256 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
5257 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 5257 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
5258 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 5258 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5259 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 5259 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5260 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 5260 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5261 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 5261 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5262 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 5262 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5263 Load Address: 0x00000000 5263 Load Address: 0x00000000
5264 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5264 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5265 5265
5266 5266
5267 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 5267 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5268 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 5268 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
5269 5269
5270 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 5270 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5271 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 5271 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5272 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 5272 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5273 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5273 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5274 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 5274 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5275 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5275 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5276 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 5276 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5277 Load Address: 0x00000000 5277 Load Address: 0x00000000
5278 Entry Point: 0x00000000 5278 Entry Point: 0x00000000
5279 5279
5280 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" 5280 The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5281 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" 5281 option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5282 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" 5282 option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5283 from the image: 5283 from the image:
5284 5284
5285 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file 5285 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5286 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ 5286 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5287 indexed by 'position' 5287 indexed by 'position'
5288 5288
5289 5289
5290 Installing a Linux Image: 5290 Installing a Linux Image:
5291 ------------------------- 5291 -------------------------
5292 5292
5293 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 5293 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5294 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 5294 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
5295 5295
5296 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 5296 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
5297 5297
5298 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 5298 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5299 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 5299 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5300 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 5300 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5301 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 5301 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5302 command. 5302 command.
5303 5303
5304 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 5304 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5305 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 5305 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
5306 5306
5307 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 5307 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
5308 5308
5309 .......... done 5309 .......... done
5310 Erased 8 sectors 5310 Erased 8 sectors
5311 5311
5312 => loads 40100000 5312 => loads 40100000
5313 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5313 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5314 ~>examples/image.srec 5314 ~>examples/image.srec
5315 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 5315 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5316 ... 5316 ...
5317 15989 15990 15991 15992 5317 15989 15990 15991 15992
5318 [file transfer complete] 5318 [file transfer complete]
5319 [connected] 5319 [connected]
5320 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 5320 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
5321 5321
5322 5322
5323 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 5323 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
5324 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 5324 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
5325 corruption happened: 5325 corruption happened:
5326 5326
5327 => imi 40100000 5327 => imi 40100000
5328 5328
5329 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5329 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5330 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5330 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5331 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5331 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5332 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5332 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5333 Load Address: 00000000 5333 Load Address: 00000000
5334 Entry Point: 0000000c 5334 Entry Point: 0000000c
5335 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5335 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5336 5336
5337 5337
5338 Boot Linux: 5338 Boot Linux:
5339 ----------- 5339 -----------
5340 5340
5341 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 5341 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5342 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 5342 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5343 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 5343 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5344 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 5344 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5345 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 5345 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
5346 5346
5347 5347
5348 => printenv bootargs 5348 => printenv bootargs
5349 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 5349 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
5350 5350
5351 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5351 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5352 5352
5353 => printenv bootargs 5353 => printenv bootargs
5354 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5354 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5355 5355
5356 => bootm 40020000 5356 => bootm 40020000
5357 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 5357 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5358 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 5358 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5359 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5359 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5360 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 5360 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5361 Load Address: 00000000 5361 Load Address: 00000000
5362 Entry Point: 0000000c 5362 Entry Point: 0000000c
5363 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5363 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5364 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5364 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5365 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 5365 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5366 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 5366 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5367 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5367 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5368 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5368 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5369 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 5369 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5370 ... 5370 ...
5371 5371
5372 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 5372 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
5373 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 5373 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5374 format!) to the "bootm" command: 5374 format!) to the "bootm" command:
5375 5375
5376 => imi 40100000 40200000 5376 => imi 40100000 40200000
5377 5377
5378 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 5378 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5379 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5379 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5380 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5380 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5381 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5381 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5382 Load Address: 00000000 5382 Load Address: 00000000
5383 Entry Point: 0000000c 5383 Entry Point: 0000000c
5384 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5384 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5385 5385
5386 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 5386 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5387 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5387 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5388 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5389 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5389 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5390 Load Address: 00000000 5390 Load Address: 00000000
5391 Entry Point: 00000000 5391 Entry Point: 00000000
5392 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5392 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5393 5393
5394 => bootm 40100000 40200000 5394 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5395 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 5395 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5396 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 5396 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5397 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5397 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5398 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 5398 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5399 Load Address: 00000000 5399 Load Address: 00000000
5400 Entry Point: 0000000c 5400 Entry Point: 0000000c
5401 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5401 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5402 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5402 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5403 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 5403 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5404 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 5404 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5405 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 5405 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5406 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 5406 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5407 Load Address: 00000000 5407 Load Address: 00000000
5408 Entry Point: 00000000 5408 Entry Point: 00000000
5409 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5409 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5410 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 5410 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5411 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 5411 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5412 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 5412 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5413 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 5413 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5414 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 5414 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5415 ... 5415 ...
5416 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 5416 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5417 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 5417 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
5418 5418
5419 bash# 5419 bash#
5420 5420
5421 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 5421 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5422 ----------- 5422 -----------
5423 5423
5424 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 5424 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5425 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 5425 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5426 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 5426 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5427 flat device tree: 5427 flat device tree:
5428 5428
5429 => print oftaddr 5429 => print oftaddr
5430 oftaddr=0x300000 5430 oftaddr=0x300000
5431 => print oft 5431 => print oft
5432 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 5432 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5433 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 5433 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
5434 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5434 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5435 Using TSEC0 device 5435 Using TSEC0 device
5436 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 5436 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5437 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 5437 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5438 Load address: 0x300000 5438 Load address: 0x300000
5439 Loading: # 5439 Loading: #
5440 done 5440 done
5441 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 5441 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5442 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 5442 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5443 Speed: 1000, full duplex 5443 Speed: 1000, full duplex
5444 Using TSEC0 device 5444 Using TSEC0 device
5445 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 5445 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5446 Filename 'uImage'. 5446 Filename 'uImage'.
5447 Load address: 0x200000 5447 Load address: 0x200000
5448 Loading:############ 5448 Loading:############
5449 done 5449 done
5450 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5450 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5451 => print loadaddr 5451 => print loadaddr
5452 loadaddr=200000 5452 loadaddr=200000
5453 => print oftaddr 5453 => print oftaddr
5454 oftaddr=0x300000 5454 oftaddr=0x300000
5455 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5455 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5456 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5456 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
5457 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5457 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5458 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5458 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5459 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5459 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
5460 Load Address: 00000000 5460 Load Address: 00000000
5461 Entry Point: 00000000 5461 Entry Point: 00000000
5462 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5462 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5463 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5463 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5464 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5464 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5465 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 5465 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5466 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5466 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5467 [snip] 5467 [snip]
5468 5468
5469 5469
5470 More About U-Boot Image Types: 5470 More About U-Boot Image Types:
5471 ------------------------------ 5471 ------------------------------
5472 5472
5473 U-Boot supports the following image types: 5473 U-Boot supports the following image types:
5474 5474
5475 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5475 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5476 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5476 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5477 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5477 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5478 the Standalone Program. 5478 the Standalone Program.
5479 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5479 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5480 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5480 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5481 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5481 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5482 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5482 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5483 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5483 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5484 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5484 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5485 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5485 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5486 being started. 5486 being started.
5487 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5487 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5488 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5488 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5489 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5489 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5490 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5490 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5491 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5491 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5492 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5492 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
5493 5493
5494 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5494 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5495 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5495 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5496 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5496 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5497 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5497 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5498 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5498 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5499 a multiple of 4 bytes). 5499 a multiple of 4 bytes).
5500 5500
5501 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5501 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5502 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5502 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5503 flash memory. 5503 flash memory.
5504 5504
5505 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5505 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5506 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5506 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5507 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5507 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5508 as command interpreter. 5508 as command interpreter.
5509 5509
5510 Booting the Linux zImage: 5510 Booting the Linux zImage:
5511 ------------------------- 5511 -------------------------
5512 5512
5513 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5513 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5514 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5514 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5515 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 5515 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5516 5516
5517 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply 5517 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
5518 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5518 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5519 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5519 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5520 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5520 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5521 5521
5522 5522
5523 Standalone HOWTO: 5523 Standalone HOWTO:
5524 ================= 5524 =================
5525 5525
5526 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5526 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5527 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5527 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5528 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5528 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
5529 5529
5530 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 5530 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
5531 5531
5532 "Hello World" Demo: 5532 "Hello World" Demo:
5533 ------------------- 5533 -------------------
5534 5534
5535 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5535 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5536 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5536 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5537 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5537 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5538 like that: 5538 like that:
5539 5539
5540 => loads 5540 => loads
5541 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5541 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5542 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5542 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5543 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5543 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5544 [file transfer complete] 5544 [file transfer complete]
5545 [connected] 5545 [connected]
5546 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5546 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5547 5547
5548 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5548 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5549 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5549 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5550 Hello World 5550 Hello World
5551 argc = 7 5551 argc = 7
5552 argv[0] = "40004" 5552 argv[0] = "40004"
5553 argv[1] = "Hello" 5553 argv[1] = "Hello"
5554 argv[2] = "World!" 5554 argv[2] = "World!"
5555 argv[3] = "This" 5555 argv[3] = "This"
5556 argv[4] = "is" 5556 argv[4] = "is"
5557 argv[5] = "a" 5557 argv[5] = "a"
5558 argv[6] = "test." 5558 argv[6] = "test."
5559 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5559 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5560 Hit any key to exit ... 5560 Hit any key to exit ...
5561 5561
5562 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5562 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5563 5563
5564 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5564 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5565 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5565 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5566 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5566 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5567 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5567 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5568 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5568 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5569 controlled by the following keys: 5569 controlled by the following keys:
5570 5570
5571 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5571 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5572 b - enable interrupts and start timer 5572 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5573 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5573 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5574 q - quit application 5574 q - quit application
5575 5575
5576 => loads 5576 => loads
5577 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5577 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5578 ~>examples/timer.srec 5578 ~>examples/timer.srec
5579 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5579 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5580 [file transfer complete] 5580 [file transfer complete]
5581 [connected] 5581 [connected]
5582 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5582 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5583 5583
5584 => go 40004 5584 => go 40004
5585 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5585 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5586 TIMERS=0xfff00980 5586 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5587 Using timer 1 5587 Using timer 1
5588 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5588 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
5589 5589
5590 Hit 'b': 5590 Hit 'b':
5591 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5591 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5592 Enabling timer 5592 Enabling timer
5593 Hit '?': 5593 Hit '?':
5594 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5594 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5595 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5595 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5596 Hit '?': 5596 Hit '?':
5597 [q, b, e, ?] . 5597 [q, b, e, ?] .
5598 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5598 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5599 Hit '?': 5599 Hit '?':
5600 [q, b, e, ?] . 5600 [q, b, e, ?] .
5601 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5601 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5602 Hit '?': 5602 Hit '?':
5603 [q, b, e, ?] . 5603 [q, b, e, ?] .
5604 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5604 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5605 Hit 'e': 5605 Hit 'e':
5606 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5606 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5607 Hit 'q': 5607 Hit 'q':
5608 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5608 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5609 5609
5610 5610
5611 Minicom warning: 5611 Minicom warning:
5612 ================ 5612 ================
5613 5613
5614 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5614 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5615 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5615 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5616 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5616 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5617 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5617 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5618 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5618 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
5619 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5619 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5620 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5620 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5621 for help with kermit. 5621 for help with kermit.
5622 5622
5623 5623
5624 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5624 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5625 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5625 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
5626 5626
5627 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5627 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5628 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5628 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5629 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5629 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
5630 5630
5631 5631
5632 NetBSD Notes: 5632 NetBSD Notes:
5633 ============= 5633 =============
5634 5634
5635 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5635 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5636 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5636 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
5637 5637
5638 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5638 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5639 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5639 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5640 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5640 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5641 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5641 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5642 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5642 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5643 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5643 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
5644 5644
5645 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5645 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5646 # mkdir powerpc 5646 # mkdir powerpc
5647 # ln -s powerpc machine 5647 # ln -s powerpc machine
5648 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5648 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5649 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5649 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
5650 5650
5651 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5651 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5652 and U-Boot include files. 5652 and U-Boot include files.
5653 5653
5654 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5654 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5655 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5655 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5656 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5656 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5657 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5657 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
5658 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5658 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
5659 5659
5660 5660
5661 Implementation Internals: 5661 Implementation Internals:
5662 ========================= 5662 =========================
5663 5663
5664 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5664 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5665 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5665 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5666 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5666 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5667 hardware. 5667 hardware.
5668 5668
5669 5669
5670 Initial Stack, Global Data: 5670 Initial Stack, Global Data:
5671 --------------------------- 5671 ---------------------------
5672 5672
5673 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5673 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5674 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5674 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5675 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5675 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5676 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5676 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5677 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5677 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5678 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5678 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5679 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5679 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5680 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5680 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5681 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5681 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5682 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5682 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
5683 5683
5684 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5684 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
5685 U-Boot mailing list: 5685 U-Boot mailing list:
5686 5686
5687 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5687 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5688 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5688 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5689 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5689 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5690 ... 5690 ...
5691 5691
5692 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5692 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5693 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5693 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5694 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5694 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5695 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5695 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5696 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5696 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
5697 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5697 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
5698 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5698 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5699 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5699 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
5700 5700
5701 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5701 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5702 is another option for the system designer to use as an 5702 is another option for the system designer to use as an
5703 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5703 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
5704 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5704 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5705 board designers haven't used it for something that would 5705 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5706 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5706 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5707 used. 5707 used.
5708 5708
5709 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5709 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
5710 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5710 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5711 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5711 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
5712 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5712 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
5713 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5713 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5714 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5714 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5715 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5715 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5716 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5716 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5717 you get the config right. 5717 you get the config right.
5718 5718
5719 -Chris Hallinan 5719 -Chris Hallinan
5720 DS4.COM, Inc. 5720 DS4.COM, Inc.
5721 5721
5722 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5722 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5723 code for the initialization procedures: 5723 code for the initialization procedures:
5724 5724
5725 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5725 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5726 to write it. 5726 to write it.
5727 5727
5728 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 5728 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
5729 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5729 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5730 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5730 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
5731 5731
5732 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5732 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5733 that. 5733 that.
5734 5734
5735 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5735 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5736 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it 5736 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5737 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5737 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5738 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5738 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5739 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5739 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5740 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5740 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5741 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5741 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5742 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5742 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5743 reserve for this purpose. 5743 reserve for this purpose.
5744 5744
5745 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5745 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5746 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5746 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5747 GCC's implementation. 5747 GCC's implementation.
5748 5748
5749 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5749 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5750 R1: stack pointer 5750 R1: stack pointer
5751 R2: reserved for system use 5751 R2: reserved for system use
5752 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5752 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5753 R5-R10: parameter passing 5753 R5-R10: parameter passing
5754 R13: small data area pointer 5754 R13: small data area pointer
5755 R30: GOT pointer 5755 R30: GOT pointer
5756 R31: frame pointer 5756 R31: frame pointer
5757 5757
5758 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5758 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5759 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5759 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5760 going back and forth between asm and C) 5760 going back and forth between asm and C)
5761 5761
5762 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5762 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
5763 5763
5764 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5764 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5765 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5765 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5766 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5766 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5767 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5767 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5768 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5768 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5769 624 text + 127 data). 5769 624 text + 127 data).
5770 5770
5771 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5771 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
5772 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5772 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5773 5773
5774 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5774 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
5775 5775
5776 On ARM, the following registers are used: 5776 On ARM, the following registers are used:
5777 5777
5778 R0: function argument word/integer result 5778 R0: function argument word/integer result
5779 R1-R3: function argument word 5779 R1-R3: function argument word
5780 R9: platform specific 5780 R9: platform specific
5781 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) 5781 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
5782 R11: argument (frame) pointer 5782 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5783 R12: temporary workspace 5783 R12: temporary workspace
5784 R13: stack pointer 5784 R13: stack pointer
5785 R14: link register 5785 R14: link register
5786 R15: program counter 5786 R15: program counter
5787 5787
5788 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data 5788 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5789 5789
5790 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. 5790 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
5791 5791
5792 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5792 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5793 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5793 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5794 5794
5795 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5795 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5796 5796
5797 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5797 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5798 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5798 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5799 5799
5800 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 5800 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5801 5801
5802 R0-R1: argument/return 5802 R0-R1: argument/return
5803 R2-R5: argument 5803 R2-R5: argument
5804 R15: temporary register for assembler 5804 R15: temporary register for assembler
5805 R16: trampoline register 5805 R16: trampoline register
5806 R28: frame pointer (FP) 5806 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5807 R29: global pointer (GP) 5807 R29: global pointer (GP)
5808 R30: link register (LP) 5808 R30: link register (LP)
5809 R31: stack pointer (SP) 5809 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5810 PC: program counter (PC) 5810 PC: program counter (PC)
5811 5811
5812 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 5812 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5813 5813
5814 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 5814 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5815 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 5815 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
5816 5816
5817 Memory Management: 5817 Memory Management:
5818 ------------------ 5818 ------------------
5819 5819
5820 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 5820 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5821 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 5821 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
5822 5822
5823 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 5823 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5824 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 5824 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5825 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 5825 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5826 physical memory banks. 5826 physical memory banks.
5827 5827
5828 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 5828 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5829 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 5829 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5830 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 5830 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5831 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 5831 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
5832 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 5832 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
5833 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 5833 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5834 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 5834 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
5835 5835
5836 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 5836 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5837 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 5837 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
5838 5838
5839 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 5839 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5840 this: 5840 this:
5841 5841
5842 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 5842 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5843 : 5843 :
5844 0x0000 1FFF 5844 0x0000 1FFF
5845 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 5845 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5846 : 5846 :
5847 : 5847 :
5848 5848
5849 : 5849 :
5850 : 5850 :
5851 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 5851 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5852 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 5852 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5853 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 5853 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5854 : 5854 :
5855 0x00FD FFFF 5855 0x00FD FFFF
5856 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 5856 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5857 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 5857 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5858 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 5858 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5859 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 5859 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
5860 5860
5861 5861
5862 System Initialization: 5862 System Initialization:
5863 ---------------------- 5863 ----------------------
5864 5864
5865 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 5865 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
5866 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 5866 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
5867 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 5867 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5868 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 5868 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5869 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 5869 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5870 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 5870 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5871 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 5871 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5872 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 5872 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5873 the caches and the SIU. 5873 the caches and the SIU.
5874 5874
5875 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 5875 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5876 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 5876 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5877 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 5877 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5878 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 5878 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5879 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 5879 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5880 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 5880 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5881 banks. 5881 banks.
5882 5882
5883 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 5883 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5884 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 5884 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5885 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 5885 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
5886 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 5886 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5887 contiguous memory starting from 0. 5887 contiguous memory starting from 0.
5888 5888
5889 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 5889 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5890 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 5890 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5891 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 5891 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5892 pages, and the final stack is set up. 5892 pages, and the final stack is set up.
5893 5893
5894 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 5894 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5895 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 5895 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5896 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 5896 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5897 new address in RAM. 5897 new address in RAM.
5898 5898
5899 5899
5900 U-Boot Porting Guide: 5900 U-Boot Porting Guide:
5901 ---------------------- 5901 ----------------------
5902 5902
5903 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 5903 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5904 list, October 2002] 5904 list, October 2002]
5905 5905
5906 5906
5907 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 5907 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
5908 { 5908 {
5909 sighandler_t no_more_time; 5909 sighandler_t no_more_time;
5910 5910
5911 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 5911 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5912 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 5912 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
5913 5913
5914 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 5914 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
5915 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 5915 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
5916 return 0; 5916 return 0;
5917 } 5917 }
5918 5918
5919 Download latest U-Boot source; 5919 Download latest U-Boot source;
5920 5920
5921 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 5921 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
5922 5922
5923 if (clueless) 5923 if (clueless)
5924 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 5924 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
5925 5925
5926 while (learning) { 5926 while (learning) {
5927 Read the README file in the top level directory; 5927 Read the README file in the top level directory;
5928 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 5928 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5929 Read applicable doc/*.README; 5929 Read applicable doc/*.README;
5930 Read the source, Luke; 5930 Read the source, Luke;
5931 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 5931 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
5932 } 5932 }
5933 5933
5934 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 5934 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5935 Buy a BDI3000; 5935 Buy a BDI3000;
5936 else 5936 else
5937 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 5937 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
5938 5938
5939 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 5939 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5940 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 5940 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5941 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 5941 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5942 } else { 5942 } else {
5943 Create your own board support subdirectory; 5943 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5944 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 5944 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5945 } 5945 }
5946 Edit new board/<myboard> files 5946 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5947 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 5947 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
5948 5948
5949 while (!accepted) { 5949 while (!accepted) {
5950 while (!running) { 5950 while (!running) {
5951 do { 5951 do {
5952 Add / modify source code; 5952 Add / modify source code;
5953 } until (compiles); 5953 } until (compiles);
5954 Debug; 5954 Debug;
5955 if (clueless) 5955 if (clueless)
5956 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 5956 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5957 } 5957 }
5958 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 5958 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5959 if (reasonable critiques) 5959 if (reasonable critiques)
5960 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 5960 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5961 else 5961 else
5962 Defend code as written; 5962 Defend code as written;
5963 } 5963 }
5964 5964
5965 return 0; 5965 return 0;
5966 } 5966 }
5967 5967
5968 void no_more_time (int sig) 5968 void no_more_time (int sig)
5969 { 5969 {
5970 hire_a_guru(); 5970 hire_a_guru();
5971 } 5971 }
5972 5972
5973 5973
5974 Coding Standards: 5974 Coding Standards:
5975 ----------------- 5975 -----------------
5976 5976
5977 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 5977 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
5978 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 5978 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
5979 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 5979 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
5980 5980
5981 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 5981 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5982 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 5982 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5983 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 5983 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5984 sources. 5984 sources.
5985 5985
5986 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 5986 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5987 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 5987 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5988 in your code. 5988 in your code.
5989 5989
5990 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 5990 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5991 - remove any trailing white space 5991 - remove any trailing white space
5992 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 5992 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
5993 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 5993 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
5994 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 5994 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
5995 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 5995 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5996 5996
5997 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 5997 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5998 with a request to reformat the changes. 5998 with a request to reformat the changes.
5999 5999
6000 6000
6001 Submitting Patches: 6001 Submitting Patches:
6002 ------------------- 6002 -------------------
6003 6003
6004 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 6004 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6005 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 6005 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6006 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 6006 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
6007 6007
6008 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 6008 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
6009 6009
6010 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 6010 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6011 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 6011 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6012 6012
6013 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 6013 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6014 it: 6014 it:
6015 6015
6016 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 6016 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6017 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 6017 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6018 patch actually fixes something. 6018 patch actually fixes something.
6019 6019
6020 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 6020 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
6021 implementation. 6021 implementation.
6022 6022
6023 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 6023 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6024 6024
6025 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 6025 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6026 6026
6027 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a 6027 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6028 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. 6028 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
6029 6029
6030 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 6030 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6031 document these in the README file. 6031 document these in the README file.
6032 6032
6033 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 6033 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6034 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 6034 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
6035 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 6035 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
6036 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 6036 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6037 with some other mail clients. 6037 with some other mail clients.
6038 6038
6039 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 6039 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6040 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 6040 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6041 GNU diff. 6041 GNU diff.
6042 6042
6043 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 6043 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6044 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 6044 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6045 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 6045 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6046 affected files). 6046 affected files).
6047 6047
6048 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 6048 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6049 and compressed attachments must not be used. 6049 and compressed attachments must not be used.
6050 6050
6051 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 6051 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6052 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 6052 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6053 6053
6054 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 6054 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6055 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 6055 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6056 6056
6057 6057
6058 Notes: 6058 Notes:
6059 6059
6060 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 6060 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6061 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 6061 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6062 for any of the boards. 6062 for any of the boards.
6063 6063
6064 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 6064 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6065 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 6065 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6066 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 6066 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6067 6067
6068 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 6068 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6069 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 6069 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6070 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 6070 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6071 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 6071 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6072 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 6072 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6073 modification. 6073 modification.
6074 6074
6075 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 6075 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6076 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 6076 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6077 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 6077 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6078 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 6078 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
6079 6079
arch/arm/cpu/armv7/config.mk
1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2002 2 # (C) Copyright 2002
3 # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> 3 # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de>
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 # If armv7-a is not supported by GCC fall-back to armv5, which is 8 # If armv7-a is not supported by GCC fall-back to armv5, which is
9 # supported by more tool-chains 9 # supported by more tool-chains
10 PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv7-a, -march=armv5) 10 PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv7-a, -march=armv5)
11 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7) 11 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV7)
12 12
13 # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses 13 # On supported platforms we set the bit which causes us to trap on unaligned
14 # memory access. This is the opposite of what the compiler expects to be
15 # the default so we must pass in -mno-unaligned-access so that it is aware
16 # of our decision.
14 PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mno-unaligned-access,) 17 PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mno-unaligned-access,)
15 PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED := $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) 18 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED)
16 19
17 ifneq ($(CONFIG_IMX_CONFIG),) 20 ifneq ($(CONFIG_IMX_CONFIG),)
18 ifdef CONFIG_SPL 21 ifdef CONFIG_SPL
19 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 22 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
20 ALL-y += $(OBJTREE)/SPL 23 ALL-y += $(OBJTREE)/SPL
21 endif 24 endif
22 else 25 else
23 ALL-y += u-boot.imx 26 ALL-y += u-boot.imx
24 endif 27 endif
25 endif 28 endif
26 29
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/config.mk
1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2002 2 # (C) Copyright 2002
3 # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> 3 # Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de>
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 PLATFORM_RELFLAGS += -fno-common -ffixed-x18 7 PLATFORM_RELFLAGS += -fno-common -ffixed-x18
8 8
9 # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses
10 PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mstrict-align)
11 PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED := $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED)
12
13 PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv8-a) 9 PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8 := $(call cc-option, -march=armv8-a)
10 PF_NO_UNALIGNED := $(call cc-option, -mstrict-align)
14 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8) 11 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_CPPFLAGS_ARMV8)
15 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED) 12 PLATFORM_CPPFLAGS += $(PF_NO_UNALIGNED)
arch/arm/lib/interrupts.c
1 /* 1 /*
2 * (C) Copyright 2003 2 * (C) Copyright 2003
3 * Texas Instruments <www.ti.com> 3 * Texas Instruments <www.ti.com>
4 * 4 *
5 * (C) Copyright 2002 5 * (C) Copyright 2002
6 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> 6 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com>
7 * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de> 7 * Marius Groeger <mgroeger@sysgo.de>
8 * 8 *
9 * (C) Copyright 2002 9 * (C) Copyright 2002
10 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com> 10 * Sysgo Real-Time Solutions, GmbH <www.elinos.com>
11 * Alex Zuepke <azu@sysgo.de> 11 * Alex Zuepke <azu@sysgo.de>
12 * 12 *
13 * (C) Copyright 2002-2004 13 * (C) Copyright 2002-2004
14 * Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de> 14 * Gary Jennejohn, DENX Software Engineering, <garyj@denx.de>
15 * 15 *
16 * (C) Copyright 2004 16 * (C) Copyright 2004
17 * Philippe Robin, ARM Ltd. <philippe.robin@arm.com> 17 * Philippe Robin, ARM Ltd. <philippe.robin@arm.com>
18 * 18 *
19 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 19 * SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
20 */ 20 */
21 21
22 #include <common.h> 22 #include <common.h>
23 #include <asm/proc-armv/ptrace.h> 23 #include <asm/proc-armv/ptrace.h>
24 24
25 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR; 25 DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR;
26 26
27 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ 27 #ifdef CONFIG_USE_IRQ
28 int interrupt_init (void) 28 int interrupt_init (void)
29 { 29 {
30 /* 30 /*
31 * setup up stacks if necessary 31 * setup up stacks if necessary
32 */ 32 */
33 IRQ_STACK_START = gd->irq_sp - 4; 33 IRQ_STACK_START = gd->irq_sp - 4;
34 IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8; 34 IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8;
35 FIQ_STACK_START = IRQ_STACK_START - CONFIG_STACKSIZE_IRQ; 35 FIQ_STACK_START = IRQ_STACK_START - CONFIG_STACKSIZE_IRQ;
36 36
37 return arch_interrupt_init(); 37 return arch_interrupt_init();
38 } 38 }
39 39
40 /* enable IRQ interrupts */ 40 /* enable IRQ interrupts */
41 void enable_interrupts (void) 41 void enable_interrupts (void)
42 { 42 {
43 unsigned long temp; 43 unsigned long temp;
44 __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n" 44 __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n"
45 "bic %0, %0, #0x80\n" 45 "bic %0, %0, #0x80\n"
46 "msr cpsr_c, %0" 46 "msr cpsr_c, %0"
47 : "=r" (temp) 47 : "=r" (temp)
48 : 48 :
49 : "memory"); 49 : "memory");
50 } 50 }
51 51
52 52
53 /* 53 /*
54 * disable IRQ/FIQ interrupts 54 * disable IRQ/FIQ interrupts
55 * returns true if interrupts had been enabled before we disabled them 55 * returns true if interrupts had been enabled before we disabled them
56 */ 56 */
57 int disable_interrupts (void) 57 int disable_interrupts (void)
58 { 58 {
59 unsigned long old,temp; 59 unsigned long old,temp;
60 __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n" 60 __asm__ __volatile__("mrs %0, cpsr\n"
61 "orr %1, %0, #0xc0\n" 61 "orr %1, %0, #0xc0\n"
62 "msr cpsr_c, %1" 62 "msr cpsr_c, %1"
63 : "=r" (old), "=r" (temp) 63 : "=r" (old), "=r" (temp)
64 : 64 :
65 : "memory"); 65 : "memory");
66 return (old & 0x80) == 0; 66 return (old & 0x80) == 0;
67 } 67 }
68 #else 68 #else
69 int interrupt_init (void) 69 int interrupt_init (void)
70 { 70 {
71 /* 71 /*
72 * setup up stacks if necessary 72 * setup up stacks if necessary
73 */ 73 */
74 IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8; 74 IRQ_STACK_START_IN = gd->irq_sp + 8;
75 75
76 return 0; 76 return 0;
77 } 77 }
78 78
79 void enable_interrupts (void) 79 void enable_interrupts (void)
80 { 80 {
81 return; 81 return;
82 } 82 }
83 int disable_interrupts (void) 83 int disable_interrupts (void)
84 { 84 {
85 return 0; 85 return 0;
86 } 86 }
87 #endif 87 #endif
88 88
89 89
90 void bad_mode (void) 90 void bad_mode (void)
91 { 91 {
92 panic ("Resetting CPU ...\n"); 92 panic ("Resetting CPU ...\n");
93 reset_cpu (0); 93 reset_cpu (0);
94 } 94 }
95 95
96 void show_regs (struct pt_regs *regs) 96 void show_regs (struct pt_regs *regs)
97 { 97 {
98 unsigned long flags; 98 unsigned long flags;
99 const char *processor_modes[] = { 99 const char *processor_modes[] = {
100 "USER_26", "FIQ_26", "IRQ_26", "SVC_26", 100 "USER_26", "FIQ_26", "IRQ_26", "SVC_26",
101 "UK4_26", "UK5_26", "UK6_26", "UK7_26", 101 "UK4_26", "UK5_26", "UK6_26", "UK7_26",
102 "UK8_26", "UK9_26", "UK10_26", "UK11_26", 102 "UK8_26", "UK9_26", "UK10_26", "UK11_26",
103 "UK12_26", "UK13_26", "UK14_26", "UK15_26", 103 "UK12_26", "UK13_26", "UK14_26", "UK15_26",
104 "USER_32", "FIQ_32", "IRQ_32", "SVC_32", 104 "USER_32", "FIQ_32", "IRQ_32", "SVC_32",
105 "UK4_32", "UK5_32", "UK6_32", "ABT_32", 105 "UK4_32", "UK5_32", "UK6_32", "ABT_32",
106 "UK8_32", "UK9_32", "UK10_32", "UND_32", 106 "UK8_32", "UK9_32", "UK10_32", "UND_32",
107 "UK12_32", "UK13_32", "UK14_32", "SYS_32", 107 "UK12_32", "UK13_32", "UK14_32", "SYS_32",
108 }; 108 };
109 109
110 flags = condition_codes (regs); 110 flags = condition_codes (regs);
111 111
112 printf ("pc : [<%08lx>] lr : [<%08lx>]\n" 112 printf ("pc : [<%08lx>] lr : [<%08lx>]\n"
113 "sp : %08lx ip : %08lx fp : %08lx\n", 113 "sp : %08lx ip : %08lx fp : %08lx\n",
114 instruction_pointer (regs), 114 instruction_pointer (regs),
115 regs->ARM_lr, regs->ARM_sp, regs->ARM_ip, regs->ARM_fp); 115 regs->ARM_lr, regs->ARM_sp, regs->ARM_ip, regs->ARM_fp);
116 printf ("r10: %08lx r9 : %08lx r8 : %08lx\n", 116 printf ("r10: %08lx r9 : %08lx r8 : %08lx\n",
117 regs->ARM_r10, regs->ARM_r9, regs->ARM_r8); 117 regs->ARM_r10, regs->ARM_r9, regs->ARM_r8);
118 printf ("r7 : %08lx r6 : %08lx r5 : %08lx r4 : %08lx\n", 118 printf ("r7 : %08lx r6 : %08lx r5 : %08lx r4 : %08lx\n",
119 regs->ARM_r7, regs->ARM_r6, regs->ARM_r5, regs->ARM_r4); 119 regs->ARM_r7, regs->ARM_r6, regs->ARM_r5, regs->ARM_r4);
120 printf ("r3 : %08lx r2 : %08lx r1 : %08lx r0 : %08lx\n", 120 printf ("r3 : %08lx r2 : %08lx r1 : %08lx r0 : %08lx\n",
121 regs->ARM_r3, regs->ARM_r2, regs->ARM_r1, regs->ARM_r0); 121 regs->ARM_r3, regs->ARM_r2, regs->ARM_r1, regs->ARM_r0);
122 printf ("Flags: %c%c%c%c", 122 printf ("Flags: %c%c%c%c",
123 flags & CC_N_BIT ? 'N' : 'n', 123 flags & CC_N_BIT ? 'N' : 'n',
124 flags & CC_Z_BIT ? 'Z' : 'z', 124 flags & CC_Z_BIT ? 'Z' : 'z',
125 flags & CC_C_BIT ? 'C' : 'c', flags & CC_V_BIT ? 'V' : 'v'); 125 flags & CC_C_BIT ? 'C' : 'c', flags & CC_V_BIT ? 'V' : 'v');
126 printf (" IRQs %s FIQs %s Mode %s%s\n", 126 printf (" IRQs %s FIQs %s Mode %s%s\n",
127 interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off", 127 interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off",
128 fast_interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off", 128 fast_interrupts_enabled (regs) ? "on" : "off",
129 processor_modes[processor_mode (regs)], 129 processor_modes[processor_mode (regs)],
130 thumb_mode (regs) ? " (T)" : ""); 130 thumb_mode (regs) ? " (T)" : "");
131 } 131 }
132 132
133 void do_undefined_instruction (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 133 void do_undefined_instruction (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
134 { 134 {
135 printf ("undefined instruction\n"); 135 printf ("undefined instruction\n");
136 show_regs (pt_regs); 136 show_regs (pt_regs);
137 bad_mode (); 137 bad_mode ();
138 } 138 }
139 139
140 void do_software_interrupt (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 140 void do_software_interrupt (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
141 { 141 {
142 printf ("software interrupt\n"); 142 printf ("software interrupt\n");
143 show_regs (pt_regs); 143 show_regs (pt_regs);
144 bad_mode (); 144 bad_mode ();
145 } 145 }
146 146
147 void do_prefetch_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 147 void do_prefetch_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
148 { 148 {
149 printf ("prefetch abort\n"); 149 printf ("prefetch abort\n");
150 show_regs (pt_regs); 150 show_regs (pt_regs);
151 bad_mode (); 151 bad_mode ();
152 } 152 }
153 153
154 void do_data_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 154 void do_data_abort (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
155 { 155 {
156 printf ("data abort\n\n MAYBE you should read doc/README.arm-unaligned-accesses\n\n"); 156 printf ("data abort\n");
157 show_regs (pt_regs); 157 show_regs (pt_regs);
158 bad_mode (); 158 bad_mode ();
159 } 159 }
160 160
161 void do_not_used (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 161 void do_not_used (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
162 { 162 {
163 printf ("not used\n"); 163 printf ("not used\n");
164 show_regs (pt_regs); 164 show_regs (pt_regs);
165 bad_mode (); 165 bad_mode ();
166 } 166 }
167 167
168 void do_fiq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 168 void do_fiq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
169 { 169 {
170 printf ("fast interrupt request\n"); 170 printf ("fast interrupt request\n");
171 show_regs (pt_regs); 171 show_regs (pt_regs);
172 bad_mode (); 172 bad_mode ();
173 } 173 }
174 174
175 #ifndef CONFIG_USE_IRQ 175 #ifndef CONFIG_USE_IRQ
176 void do_irq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs) 176 void do_irq (struct pt_regs *pt_regs)
177 { 177 {
178 printf ("interrupt request\n"); 178 printf ("interrupt request\n");
179 show_regs (pt_regs); 179 show_regs (pt_regs);
180 bad_mode (); 180 bad_mode ();
181 } 181 }
182 #endif 182 #endif
183 183
1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2004-2006 2 # (C) Copyright 2004-2006
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 # core 8 # core
9 ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 9 ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
10 obj-y += main.o 10 obj-y += main.o
11 obj-y += command.o 11 obj-y += command.o
12 obj-y += exports.o 12 obj-y += exports.o
13 obj-y += hash.o 13 obj-y += hash.o
14 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += hush.o 14 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += hush.o
15 obj-y += s_record.o 15 obj-y += s_record.o
16 obj-y += xyzModem.o 16 obj-y += xyzModem.o
17 obj-y += cmd_disk.o 17 obj-y += cmd_disk.o
18 18
19 # boards 19 # boards
20 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_f.o 20 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_f.o
21 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_r.o 21 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD) += board_r.o
22 22
23 # core command 23 # core command
24 obj-y += cmd_boot.o 24 obj-y += cmd_boot.o
25 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM) += cmd_bootm.o 25 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTM) += cmd_bootm.o
26 obj-y += cmd_help.o 26 obj-y += cmd_help.o
27 obj-y += cmd_version.o 27 obj-y += cmd_version.o
28 28
29 # environment 29 # environment
30 obj-y += env_attr.o 30 obj-y += env_attr.o
31 obj-y += env_callback.o 31 obj-y += env_callback.o
32 obj-y += env_flags.o 32 obj-y += env_flags.o
33 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH) += env_dataflash.o 33 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH) += env_dataflash.o
34 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_eeprom.o 34 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_eeprom.o
35 extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) += env_embedded.o 35 extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_EMBEDDED) += env_embedded.o
36 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_embedded.o 36 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += env_embedded.o
37 extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_embedded.o 37 extra-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_embedded.o
38 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_embedded.o 38 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_embedded.o
39 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o 39 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o
40 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o 40 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o
41 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT) += env_fat.o 41 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT) += env_fat.o
42 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o 42 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o
43 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_nvram.o 43 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM) += env_nvram.o
44 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_ONENAND) += env_onenand.o 44 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_ONENAND) += env_onenand.o
45 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o 45 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o
46 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE) += env_remote.o 46 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE) += env_remote.o
47 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI) += env_ubi.o 47 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI) += env_ubi.o
48 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o 48 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o
49 49
50 # command 50 # command
51 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_AMBAPP) += cmd_ambapp.o 51 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_AMBAPP) += cmd_ambapp.o
52 obj-$(CONFIG_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o 52 obj-$(CONFIG_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o
53 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o 53 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE) += cmd_source.o
54 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BDI) += cmd_bdinfo.o 54 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BDI) += cmd_bdinfo.o
55 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG) += bedbug.o cmd_bedbug.o 55 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG) += bedbug.o cmd_bedbug.o
56 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BMP) += cmd_bmp.o 56 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BMP) += cmd_bmp.o
57 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTMENU) += cmd_bootmenu.o 57 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTMENU) += cmd_bootmenu.o
58 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTLDR) += cmd_bootldr.o 58 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTLDR) += cmd_bootldr.o
59 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE) += cmd_bootstage.o 59 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE) += cmd_bootstage.o
60 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) += cmd_cache.o 60 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) += cmd_cache.o
61 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CBFS) += cmd_cbfs.o 61 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CBFS) += cmd_cbfs.o
62 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CLK) += cmd_clk.o 62 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CLK) += cmd_clk.o
63 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE) += cmd_console.o 63 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE) += cmd_console.o
64 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CPLBINFO) += cmd_cplbinfo.o 64 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CPLBINFO) += cmd_cplbinfo.o
65 obj-$(CONFIG_DATAFLASH_MMC_SELECT) += cmd_dataflash_mmc_mux.o 65 obj-$(CONFIG_DATAFLASH_MMC_SELECT) += cmd_dataflash_mmc_mux.o
66 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) += cmd_date.o 66 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) += cmd_date.o
67 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOUND) += cmd_sound.o 67 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOUND) += cmd_sound.o
68 ifdef CONFIG_4xx 68 ifdef CONFIG_4xx
69 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR) += cmd_dcr.o 69 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR) += cmd_dcr.o
70 endif 70 endif
71 ifdef CONFIG_POST 71 ifdef CONFIG_POST
72 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DIAG) += cmd_diag.o 72 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DIAG) += cmd_diag.o
73 endif 73 endif
74 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DISPLAY) += cmd_display.o 74 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DISPLAY) += cmd_display.o
75 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DTT) += cmd_dtt.o 75 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DTT) += cmd_dtt.o
76 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ECHO) += cmd_echo.o 76 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ECHO) += cmd_echo.o
77 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o 77 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o
78 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o 78 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM) += cmd_eeprom.o
79 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ELF) += cmd_elf.o 79 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ELF) += cmd_elf.o
80 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_exit.o 80 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_exit.o
81 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT4) += cmd_ext4.o 81 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT4) += cmd_ext4.o
82 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT2) += cmd_ext2.o 82 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_EXT2) += cmd_ext2.o
83 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FAT) += cmd_fat.o 83 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FAT) += cmd_fat.o
84 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDC)$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdc.o 84 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDC)$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdc.o
85 obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += cmd_fdt.o fdt_support.o 85 obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += cmd_fdt.o fdt_support.o
86 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdos.o 86 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FDOS) += cmd_fdos.o
87 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FITUPD) += cmd_fitupd.o 87 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FITUPD) += cmd_fitupd.o
88 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FLASH) += cmd_flash.o 88 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FLASH) += cmd_flash.o
89 ifdef CONFIG_FPGA 89 ifdef CONFIG_FPGA
90 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGA) += cmd_fpga.o 90 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGA) += cmd_fpga.o
91 endif 91 endif
92 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGAD) += cmd_fpgad.o 92 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FPGAD) += cmd_fpgad.o
93 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC) += cmd_fs.o 93 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC) += cmd_fs.o
94 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FUSE) += cmd_fuse.o 94 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_FUSE) += cmd_fuse.o
95 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME) += cmd_gettime.o 95 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME) += cmd_gettime.o
96 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPIO) += cmd_gpio.o 96 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPIO) += cmd_gpio.o
97 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_I2C) += cmd_i2c.o 97 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_I2C) += cmd_i2c.o
98 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_HASH) += cmd_hash.o 98 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_HASH) += cmd_hash.o
99 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) += cmd_ide.o 99 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IDE) += cmd_ide.o
100 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP) += cmd_immap.o 100 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP) += cmd_immap.o
101 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_INI) += cmd_ini.o 101 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_INI) += cmd_ini.o
102 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IRQ) += cmd_irq.o 102 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IRQ) += cmd_irq.o
103 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ITEST) += cmd_itest.o 103 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ITEST) += cmd_itest.o
104 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2) += cmd_jffs2.o 104 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2) += cmd_jffs2.o
105 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CRAMFS) += cmd_cramfs.o 105 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_CRAMFS) += cmd_cramfs.o
106 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO) += cmd_ldrinfo.o 106 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO) += cmd_ldrinfo.o
107 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LED) += cmd_led.o 107 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LED) += cmd_led.o
108 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LICENSE) += cmd_license.o 108 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LICENSE) += cmd_license.o
109 obj-y += cmd_load.o 109 obj-y += cmd_load.o
110 obj-$(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) += cmd_log.o 110 obj-$(CONFIG_LOGBUFFER) += cmd_log.o
111 obj-$(CONFIG_ID_EEPROM) += cmd_mac.o 111 obj-$(CONFIG_ID_EEPROM) += cmd_mac.o
112 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM) += cmd_md5sum.o 112 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM) += cmd_md5sum.o
113 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) += cmd_mem.o 113 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) += cmd_mem.o
114 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IO) += cmd_io.o 114 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_IO) += cmd_io.o
115 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MFSL) += cmd_mfsl.o 115 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MFSL) += cmd_mfsl.o
116 obj-$(CONFIG_MII) += miiphyutil.o 116 obj-$(CONFIG_MII) += miiphyutil.o
117 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += miiphyutil.o 117 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += miiphyutil.o
118 obj-$(CONFIG_PHYLIB) += miiphyutil.o 118 obj-$(CONFIG_PHYLIB) += miiphyutil.o
119 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mii.o 119 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mii.o
120 ifdef CONFIG_PHYLIB 120 ifdef CONFIG_PHYLIB
121 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mdio.o 121 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MII) += cmd_mdio.o
122 endif 122 endif
123 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MISC) += cmd_misc.o 123 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MISC) += cmd_misc.o
124 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC) += cmd_mmc.o 124 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC) += cmd_mmc.o
125 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC_SPI) += cmd_mmc_spi.o 125 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MMC_SPI) += cmd_mmc_spi.o
126 obj-$(CONFIG_MP) += cmd_mp.o 126 obj-$(CONFIG_MP) += cmd_mp.o
127 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS) += cmd_mtdparts.o 127 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS) += cmd_mtdparts.o
128 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NAND) += cmd_nand.o 128 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NAND) += cmd_nand.o
129 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += cmd_net.o 129 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_NET) += cmd_net.o
130 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ONENAND) += cmd_onenand.o 130 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ONENAND) += cmd_onenand.o
131 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_OTP) += cmd_otp.o 131 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_OTP) += cmd_otp.o
132 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PART) += cmd_part.o 132 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PART) += cmd_part.o
133 ifdef CONFIG_PCI 133 ifdef CONFIG_PCI
134 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PCI) += cmd_pci.o 134 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PCI) += cmd_pci.o
135 endif 135 endif
136 obj-y += cmd_pcmcia.o 136 obj-y += cmd_pcmcia.o
137 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO) += cmd_portio.o 137 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO) += cmd_portio.o
138 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PXE) += cmd_pxe.o 138 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_PXE) += cmd_pxe.o
139 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_READ) += cmd_read.o 139 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_READ) += cmd_read.o
140 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO) += cmd_reginfo.o 140 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO) += cmd_reginfo.o
141 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REISER) += cmd_reiser.o 141 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_REISER) += cmd_reiser.o
142 obj-$(CONFIG_SANDBOX) += cmd_sandbox.o 142 obj-$(CONFIG_SANDBOX) += cmd_sandbox.o
143 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SATA) += cmd_sata.o 143 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SATA) += cmd_sata.o
144 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SF) += cmd_sf.o 144 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SF) += cmd_sf.o
145 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o 145 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o
146 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM) += cmd_sha1sum.o 146 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM) += cmd_sha1sum.o
147 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETEXPR) += cmd_setexpr.o 147 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SETEXPR) += cmd_setexpr.o
148 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH) += cmd_softswitch.o 148 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH) += cmd_softswitch.o
149 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPI) += cmd_spi.o 149 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPI) += cmd_spi.o
150 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPIBOOTLDR) += cmd_spibootldr.o 150 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPIBOOTLDR) += cmd_spibootldr.o
151 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_STRINGS) += cmd_strings.o 151 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_STRINGS) += cmd_strings.o
152 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TERMINAL) += cmd_terminal.o 152 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TERMINAL) += cmd_terminal.o
153 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TIME) += cmd_time.o 153 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TIME) += cmd_time.o
154 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TRACE) += cmd_trace.o 154 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TRACE) += cmd_trace.o
155 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_test.o 155 obj-$(CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER) += cmd_test.o
156 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TPM) += cmd_tpm.o 156 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TPM) += cmd_tpm.o
157 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TSI148) += cmd_tsi148.o 157 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_TSI148) += cmd_tsi148.o
158 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBI) += cmd_ubi.o 158 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBI) += cmd_ubi.o
159 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS) += cmd_ubifs.o 159 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS) += cmd_ubifs.o
160 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNIVERSE) += cmd_universe.o 160 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNIVERSE) += cmd_universe.o
161 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNZIP) += cmd_unzip.o 161 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_UNZIP) += cmd_unzip.o
162 ifdef CONFIG_CMD_USB 162 ifdef CONFIG_CMD_USB
163 obj-y += cmd_usb.o 163 obj-y += cmd_usb.o
164 obj-y += usb.o usb_hub.o 164 obj-y += usb.o usb_hub.o
165 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o 165 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o
166 endif 166 endif
167 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_USB_MASS_STORAGE) += cmd_usb_mass_storage.o 167 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_USB_MASS_STORAGE) += cmd_usb_mass_storage.o
168 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_THOR_DOWNLOAD) += cmd_thordown.o 168 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_THOR_DOWNLOAD) += cmd_thordown.o
169 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_XIMG) += cmd_ximg.o 169 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_XIMG) += cmd_ximg.o
170 obj-$(CONFIG_YAFFS2) += cmd_yaffs2.o 170 obj-$(CONFIG_YAFFS2) += cmd_yaffs2.o
171 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPL) += cmd_spl.o 171 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SPL) += cmd_spl.o
172 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZIP) += cmd_zip.o 172 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZIP) += cmd_zip.o
173 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZFS) += cmd_zfs.o 173 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_ZFS) += cmd_zfs.o
174 174
175 # others 175 # others
176 obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE) += bootstage.o 176 obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE) += bootstage.o
177 obj-$(CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX) += iomux.o 177 obj-$(CONFIG_CONSOLE_MUX) += iomux.o
178 obj-y += flash.o 178 obj-y += flash.o
179 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_KGDB) += kgdb.o kgdb_stubs.o 179 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_KGDB) += kgdb.o kgdb_stubs.o
180 obj-$(CONFIG_I2C_EDID) += edid.o 180 obj-$(CONFIG_I2C_EDID) += edid.o
181 obj-$(CONFIG_KALLSYMS) += kallsyms.o 181 obj-$(CONFIG_KALLSYMS) += kallsyms.o
182 obj-y += splash.o 182 obj-y += splash.o
183 obj-$(CONFIG_LCD) += lcd.o 183 obj-$(CONFIG_LCD) += lcd.o
184 obj-$(CONFIG_LYNXKDI) += lynxkdi.o 184 obj-$(CONFIG_LYNXKDI) += lynxkdi.o
185 obj-$(CONFIG_MENU) += menu.o 185 obj-$(CONFIG_MENU) += menu.o
186 obj-$(CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT) += modem.o 186 obj-$(CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT) += modem.o
187 obj-$(CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP) += update.o 187 obj-$(CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP) += update.o
188 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD) += usb_kbd.o 188 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD) += usb_kbd.o
189 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DFU) += cmd_dfu.o 189 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_DFU) += cmd_dfu.o
190 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPT) += cmd_gpt.o 190 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_GPT) += cmd_gpt.o
191 endif 191 endif
192 192
193 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 193 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
194 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o 194 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o
195 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += xyzModem.o 195 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += xyzModem.o
196 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += miiphyutil.o 196 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += miiphyutil.o
197 # environment 197 # environment
198 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_attr.o 198 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_attr.o
199 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_flags.o 199 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_flags.o
200 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_callback.o 200 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT) += env_callback.o
201 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_USB_HOST_SUPPORT 201 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_USB_HOST_SUPPORT
202 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_USB_SUPPORT) += usb.o usb_hub.o 202 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_USB_SUPPORT) += usb.o usb_hub.o
203 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o 203 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) += usb_storage.o
204 endif 204 endif
205 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT 205 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT
206 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o 206 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) += cmd_scsi.o
207 endif 207 endif
208 ifneq ($(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT),y) 208 ifneq ($(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT),y)
209 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o 209 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE) += env_nowhere.o
210 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o 210 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC) += env_mmc.o
211 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o 211 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND) += env_nand.o
212 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o 212 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH) += env_sf.o
213 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o 213 obj-$(CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH) += env_flash.o
214 else 214 else
215 obj-y += env_nowhere.o 215 obj-y += env_nowhere.o
216 endif 216 endif
217 endif 217 endif
218 # core command 218 # core command
219 obj-y += cmd_nvedit.o 219 obj-y += cmd_nvedit.o
220 #environment 220 #environment
221 obj-y += env_common.o 221 obj-y += env_common.o
222 #others 222 #others
223 ifdef CONFIG_DDR_SPD 223 ifdef CONFIG_DDR_SPD
224 SPD := y 224 SPD := y
225 endif 225 endif
226 ifdef CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 226 ifdef CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
227 SPD := y 227 SPD := y
228 endif 228 endif
229 obj-$(SPD) += ddr_spd.o 229 obj-$(SPD) += ddr_spd.o
230 obj-$(CONFIG_HWCONFIG) += hwconfig.o 230 obj-$(CONFIG_HWCONFIG) += hwconfig.o
231 obj-$(CONFIG_BOUNCE_BUFFER) += bouncebuf.o 231 obj-$(CONFIG_BOUNCE_BUFFER) += bouncebuf.o
232 obj-y += console.o 232 obj-y += console.o
233 obj-y += dlmalloc.o 233 obj-y += dlmalloc.o
234 obj-y += image.o 234 obj-y += image.o
235 obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += image-fdt.o 235 obj-$(CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT) += image-fdt.o
236 obj-$(CONFIG_FIT) += image-fit.o 236 obj-$(CONFIG_FIT) += image-fit.o
237 obj-$(CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE) += image-sig.o 237 obj-$(CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE) += image-sig.o
238 obj-y += memsize.o 238 obj-y += memsize.o
239 obj-y += stdio.o 239 obj-y += stdio.o
240 240
241 CFLAGS_env_embedded.o := -Wa,--no-warn -DENV_CRC=$(shell tools/envcrc 2>/dev/null) 241 CFLAGS_env_embedded.o := -Wa,--no-warn -DENV_CRC=$(shell tools/envcrc 2>/dev/null)
242 CFLAGS_hush.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED)
243 CFLAGS_fdt_support.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED)
244 242
doc/README.arm-unaligned-accesses
1 If you are reading this because of a data abort: the following MIGHT File was deleted
2 be relevant to your abort, if it was caused by an alignment violation.
3 In order to determine this, use the PC from the abort dump along with
4 an objdump -s -S of the u-boot ELF binary to locate the function where
5 the abort happened; then compare this function with the examples below.
6 If they match, then you've been hit with a compiler generated unaligned
7 access, and you should rewrite your code or add -mno-unaligned-access
8 to the command line of the offending file.
9
10 Note that the PC shown in the abort message is relocated. In order to
11 be able to match it to an address in the ELF binary dump, you will need
12 to know the relocation offset. If your target defines CONFIG_CMD_BDI
13 and if you can get to the prompt and enter commands before the abort
14 happens, then command "bdinfo" will give you the offset. Otherwise you
15 will need to try a build with DEBUG set, which will display the offset,
16 or use a debugger and set a breakpoint at relocate_code() to see the
17 offset (passed as an argument).
18
19 *
20
21 Since U-Boot runs on a variety of hardware, some only able to perform
22 unaligned accesses with a strong penalty, some unable to perform them
23 at all, the policy regarding unaligned accesses is to not perform any,
24 unless absolutely necessary because of hardware or standards.
25
26 Also, on hardware which permits it, the core is configured to throw
27 data abort exceptions on unaligned accesses in order to catch these
28 unallowed accesses as early as possible.
29
30 Until version 4.7, the gcc default for performing unaligned accesses
31 (-mno-unaligned-access) is to emulate unaligned accesses using aligned
32 loads and stores plus shifts and masks. Emulated unaligned accesses
33 will not be caught by hardware. These accesses may be costly and may
34 be actually unnecessary. In order to catch these accesses and remove
35 or optimize them, option -munaligned-access is explicitly set for all
36 versions of gcc which support it.
37
38 From gcc 4.7 onward starting at armv7 architectures, the default for
39 performing unaligned accesses is to use unaligned native loads and
40 stores (-munaligned-access), because the cost of unaligned accesses
41 has dropped on armv7 and beyond. This should not affect U-Boot's
42 policy of controlling unaligned accesses, however the compiler may
43 generate uncontrolled unaligned accesses on its own in at least one
44 known case: when declaring a local initialized char array, e.g.
45
46 function foo()
47 {
48 char buffer[] = "initial value";
49 /* or */
50 char buffer[] = { 'i', 'n', 'i', 't', 0 };
51 ...
52 }
53
54 Under -munaligned-accesses with optimizations on, this declaration
55 causes the compiler to generate native loads from the literal string
56 and native stores to the buffer, and the literal string alignment
57 cannot be controlled. If it is misaligned, then the core will throw
58 a data abort exception.
59
60 Quite probably the same might happen for 16-bit array initializations
61 where the constant is aligned on a boundary which is a multiple of 2
62 but not of 4:
63
64 function foo()
65 {
66 u16 buffer[] = { 1, 2, 3 };
67 ...
68 }
69
70 The long term solution to this issue is to add an option to gcc to
71 allow controlling the general alignment of data, including constant
72 initialization values.
73
74 However this will only apply to the version of gcc which will have such
75 an option. For other versions, there are four workarounds:
76
77 a) Enforce as a rule that array initializations as described above
78 are forbidden. This is generally not acceptable as they are valid,
79 and usual, C constructs. The only case where they could be rejected
80 is when they actually equate to a const char* declaration, i.e. the
81 array is initialized and never modified in the function's scope.
82
83 b) Drop the requirement on unaligned accesses at least for ARMv7,
84 i.e. do not throw a data abort exception upon unaligned accesses.
85 But that will allow adding badly aligned code to U-Boot, only for
86 it to fail when re-used with a stricter target, possibly once the
87 bad code is already in mainline.
88
89 c) Relax the -munaligned-access rule globally. This will prevent native
90 unaligned accesses of course, but that will also hide any bug caused
91 by a bad unaligned access, making it much harder to diagnose it. It
92 is actually what already happens when building ARM targets with a
93 pre-4.7 gcc, and it may actually already hide some bugs yet unseen
94 until the target gets compiled with -munaligned-access.
95
96 d) Relax the -munaligned-access rule only for for files susceptible to
97 the local initialized array issue and for armv7 architectures and
98 beyond. This minimizes the quantity of code which can hide unwanted
99 misaligned accesses.
100
101 The option retained is d).
102
103 Considering that actual occurrences of the issue are rare (as of this
104 writing, 5 files out of 7840 in U-Boot, or .3%, contain an initialized
105 local char array which cannot actually be replaced with a const char*),
106 contributors should not be required to systematically try and detect
107 the issue in their patches.
108
109 Detecting files susceptible to the issue can be automated through a
110 filter installed as a hook in .git which recognizes local char array
111 initializations. Automation should err on the false positive side, for
112 instance flagging non-local arrays as if they were local if they cannot
113 be told apart.
114
115 In any case, detection shall not prevent committing the patch, but
116 shall pre-populate the commit message with a note to the effect that
117 this patch contains an initialized local char or 16-bit array and thus
118 should be protected from the gcc 4.7 issue.
119
120 Upon a positive detection, either $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED) should be
121 added to CFLAGS for the affected file(s), or if the array is a pseudo
122 const char*, it should be replaced by an actual one.
123 1 If you are reading this because of a data abort: the following MIGHT
doc/README.unaligned-memory-access.txt
File was created 1 Editors note: This document is _heavily_ cribbed from the Linux Kernel, with
2 really only the section about "Alignment vs. Networking" removed.
3
4 UNALIGNED MEMORY ACCESSES
5 =========================
6
7 Linux runs on a wide variety of architectures which have varying behaviour
8 when it comes to memory access. This document presents some details about
9 unaligned accesses, why you need to write code that doesn't cause them,
10 and how to write such code!
11
12
13 The definition of an unaligned access
14 =====================================
15
16 Unaligned memory accesses occur when you try to read N bytes of data starting
17 from an address that is not evenly divisible by N (i.e. addr % N != 0).
18 For example, reading 4 bytes of data from address 0x10004 is fine, but
19 reading 4 bytes of data from address 0x10005 would be an unaligned memory
20 access.
21
22 The above may seem a little vague, as memory access can happen in different
23 ways. The context here is at the machine code level: certain instructions read
24 or write a number of bytes to or from memory (e.g. movb, movw, movl in x86
25 assembly). As will become clear, it is relatively easy to spot C statements
26 which will compile to multiple-byte memory access instructions, namely when
27 dealing with types such as u16, u32 and u64.
28
29
30 Natural alignment
31 =================
32
33 The rule mentioned above forms what we refer to as natural alignment:
34 When accessing N bytes of memory, the base memory address must be evenly
35 divisible by N, i.e. addr % N == 0.
36
37 When writing code, assume the target architecture has natural alignment
38 requirements.
39
40 In reality, only a few architectures require natural alignment on all sizes
41 of memory access. However, we must consider ALL supported architectures;
42 writing code that satisfies natural alignment requirements is the easiest way
43 to achieve full portability.
44
45
46 Why unaligned access is bad
47 ===========================
48
49 The effects of performing an unaligned memory access vary from architecture
50 to architecture. It would be easy to write a whole document on the differences
51 here; a summary of the common scenarios is presented below:
52
53 - Some architectures are able to perform unaligned memory accesses
54 transparently, but there is usually a significant performance cost.
55 - Some architectures raise processor exceptions when unaligned accesses
56 happen. The exception handler is able to correct the unaligned access,
57 at significant cost to performance.
58 - Some architectures raise processor exceptions when unaligned accesses
59 happen, but the exceptions do not contain enough information for the
60 unaligned access to be corrected.
61 - Some architectures are not capable of unaligned memory access, but will
62 silently perform a different memory access to the one that was requested,
63 resulting in a subtle code bug that is hard to detect!
64
65 It should be obvious from the above that if your code causes unaligned
66 memory accesses to happen, your code will not work correctly on certain
67 platforms and will cause performance problems on others.
68
69
70 Code that does not cause unaligned access
71 =========================================
72
73 At first, the concepts above may seem a little hard to relate to actual
74 coding practice. After all, you don't have a great deal of control over
75 memory addresses of certain variables, etc.
76
77 Fortunately things are not too complex, as in most cases, the compiler
78 ensures that things will work for you. For example, take the following
79 structure:
80
81 struct foo {
82 u16 field1;
83 u32 field2;
84 u8 field3;
85 };
86
87 Let us assume that an instance of the above structure resides in memory
88 starting at address 0x10000. With a basic level of understanding, it would
89 not be unreasonable to expect that accessing field2 would cause an unaligned
90 access. You'd be expecting field2 to be located at offset 2 bytes into the
91 structure, i.e. address 0x10002, but that address is not evenly divisible
92 by 4 (remember, we're reading a 4 byte value here).
93
94 Fortunately, the compiler understands the alignment constraints, so in the
95 above case it would insert 2 bytes of padding in between field1 and field2.
96 Therefore, for standard structure types you can always rely on the compiler
97 to pad structures so that accesses to fields are suitably aligned (assuming
98 you do not cast the field to a type of different length).
99
100 Similarly, you can also rely on the compiler to align variables and function
101 parameters to a naturally aligned scheme, based on the size of the type of
102 the variable.
103
104 At this point, it should be clear that accessing a single byte (u8 or char)
105 will never cause an unaligned access, because all memory addresses are evenly
106 divisible by one.
107
108 On a related topic, with the above considerations in mind you may observe
109 that you could reorder the fields in the structure in order to place fields
110 where padding would otherwise be inserted, and hence reduce the overall
111 resident memory size of structure instances. The optimal layout of the
112 above example is:
113
114 struct foo {
115 u32 field2;
116 u16 field1;
117 u8 field3;
118 };
119
120 For a natural alignment scheme, the compiler would only have to add a single
121 byte of padding at the end of the structure. This padding is added in order
122 to satisfy alignment constraints for arrays of these structures.
123
124 Another point worth mentioning is the use of __attribute__((packed)) on a
125 structure type. This GCC-specific attribute tells the compiler never to
126 insert any padding within structures, useful when you want to use a C struct
127 to represent some data that comes in a fixed arrangement 'off the wire'.
128
129 You might be inclined to believe that usage of this attribute can easily
130 lead to unaligned accesses when accessing fields that do not satisfy
131 architectural alignment requirements. However, again, the compiler is aware
132 of the alignment constraints and will generate extra instructions to perform
133 the memory access in a way that does not cause unaligned access. Of course,
134 the extra instructions obviously cause a loss in performance compared to the
135 non-packed case, so the packed attribute should only be used when avoiding
136 structure padding is of importance.
137
138
139 Code that causes unaligned access
140 =================================
141
142 With the above in mind, let's move onto a real life example of a function
143 that can cause an unaligned memory access. The following function taken
144 from the Linux Kernel's include/linux/etherdevice.h is an optimized routine
145 to compare two ethernet MAC addresses for equality.
146
147 bool ether_addr_equal(const u8 *addr1, const u8 *addr2)
148 {
149 #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
150 u32 fold = ((*(const u32 *)addr1) ^ (*(const u32 *)addr2)) |
151 ((*(const u16 *)(addr1 + 4)) ^ (*(const u16 *)(addr2 + 4)));
152
153 return fold == 0;
154 #else
155 const u16 *a = (const u16 *)addr1;
156 const u16 *b = (const u16 *)addr2;
157 return ((a[0] ^ b[0]) | (a[1] ^ b[1]) | (a[2] ^ b[2])) != 0;
158 #endif
159 }
160
161 In the above function, when the hardware has efficient unaligned access
162 capability, there is no issue with this code. But when the hardware isn't
163 able to access memory on arbitrary boundaries, the reference to a[0] causes
164 2 bytes (16 bits) to be read from memory starting at address addr1.
165
166 Think about what would happen if addr1 was an odd address such as 0x10003.
167 (Hint: it'd be an unaligned access.)
168
169 Despite the potential unaligned access problems with the above function, it
170 is included in the kernel anyway but is understood to only work normally on
171 16-bit-aligned addresses. It is up to the caller to ensure this alignment or
172 not use this function at all. This alignment-unsafe function is still useful
173 as it is a decent optimization for the cases when you can ensure alignment,
174 which is true almost all of the time in ethernet networking context.
175
176
177 Here is another example of some code that could cause unaligned accesses:
178 void myfunc(u8 *data, u32 value)
179 {
180 [...]
181 *((u32 *) data) = cpu_to_le32(value);
182 [...]
183 }
184
185 This code will cause unaligned accesses every time the data parameter points
186 to an address that is not evenly divisible by 4.
187
188 In summary, the 2 main scenarios where you may run into unaligned access
189 problems involve:
190 1. Casting variables to types of different lengths
191 2. Pointer arithmetic followed by access to at least 2 bytes of data
192
193
194 Avoiding unaligned accesses
195 ===========================
196
197 The easiest way to avoid unaligned access is to use the get_unaligned() and
198 put_unaligned() macros provided by the <asm/unaligned.h> header file.
199
200 Going back to an earlier example of code that potentially causes unaligned
201 access:
202
203 void myfunc(u8 *data, u32 value)
204 {
205 [...]
206 *((u32 *) data) = cpu_to_le32(value);
207 [...]
208 }
209
210 To avoid the unaligned memory access, you would rewrite it as follows:
211
212 void myfunc(u8 *data, u32 value)
213 {
214 [...]
215 value = cpu_to_le32(value);
216 put_unaligned(value, (u32 *) data);
217 [...]
218 }
219
220 The get_unaligned() macro works similarly. Assuming 'data' is a pointer to
221 memory and you wish to avoid unaligned access, its usage is as follows:
222
223 u32 value = get_unaligned((u32 *) data);
224
225 These macros work for memory accesses of any length (not just 32 bits as
226 in the examples above). Be aware that when compared to standard access of
227 aligned memory, using these macros to access unaligned memory can be costly in
228 terms of performance.
229
230 If use of such macros is not convenient, another option is to use memcpy(),
231 where the source or destination (or both) are of type u8* or unsigned char*.
232 Due to the byte-wise nature of this operation, unaligned accesses are avoided.
233
234 --
235 In the Linux Kernel,
236 Authors: Daniel Drake <dsd@gentoo.org>,
237 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
238 With help from: Alan Cox, Avuton Olrich, Heikki Orsila, Jan Engelhardt,
239 Kyle McMartin, Kyle Moffett, Randy Dunlap, Robert Hancock, Uli Kunitz,
240 Vadim Lobanov
241
1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2006 2 # (C) Copyright 2006
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # (C) Copyright 2003 5 # (C) Copyright 2003
6 # Pavel Bartusek, Sysgo Real-Time Solutions AG, pba@sysgo.de 6 # Pavel Bartusek, Sysgo Real-Time Solutions AG, pba@sysgo.de
7 # 7 #
8 # 8 #
9 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 9 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
10 # 10 #
11 11
12 obj-y := ubifs.o io.o super.o sb.o master.o lpt.o 12 obj-y := ubifs.o io.o super.o sb.o master.o lpt.o
13 obj-y += lpt_commit.o scan.o lprops.o 13 obj-y += lpt_commit.o scan.o lprops.o
14 obj-y += tnc.o tnc_misc.o debug.o crc16.o budget.o 14 obj-y += tnc.o tnc_misc.o debug.o crc16.o budget.o
15 obj-y += log.o orphan.o recovery.o replay.o 15 obj-y += log.o orphan.o recovery.o replay.o
16
17 # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses
18 CFLAGS_super.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED)
19 16
1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000-2006 2 # (C) Copyright 2000-2006
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ 5 # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
6 # 6 #
7 7
8 ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 8 ifndef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
9 9
10 obj-$(CONFIG_RSA) += rsa/ 10 obj-$(CONFIG_RSA) += rsa/
11 obj-$(CONFIG_LZMA) += lzma/ 11 obj-$(CONFIG_LZMA) += lzma/
12 obj-$(CONFIG_LZO) += lzo/ 12 obj-$(CONFIG_LZO) += lzo/
13 obj-$(CONFIG_ZLIB) += zlib/ 13 obj-$(CONFIG_ZLIB) += zlib/
14 obj-$(CONFIG_TIZEN) += tizen/ 14 obj-$(CONFIG_TIZEN) += tizen/
15 15
16 obj-$(CONFIG_AES) += aes.o 16 obj-$(CONFIG_AES) += aes.o
17 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib.o 17 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib.o
18 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_crctable.o 18 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_crctable.o
19 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_decompress.o 19 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_decompress.o
20 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_randtable.o 20 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_randtable.o
21 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_huffman.o 21 obj-$(CONFIG_BZIP2) += bzlib_huffman.o
22 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_TTY) += circbuf.o 22 obj-$(CONFIG_USB_TTY) += circbuf.o
23 obj-y += crc7.o 23 obj-y += crc7.o
24 obj-y += crc8.o 24 obj-y += crc8.o
25 obj-y += crc16.o 25 obj-y += crc16.o
26 obj-$(CONFIG_OF_CONTROL) += fdtdec.o 26 obj-$(CONFIG_OF_CONTROL) += fdtdec.o
27 obj-$(CONFIG_TEST_FDTDEC) += fdtdec_test.o 27 obj-$(CONFIG_TEST_FDTDEC) += fdtdec_test.o
28 obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP) += gunzip.o 28 obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP) += gunzip.o
29 obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESSED) += gzip.o 29 obj-$(CONFIG_GZIP_COMPRESSED) += gzip.o
30 obj-y += initcall.o 30 obj-y += initcall.o
31 obj-$(CONFIG_LMB) += lmb.o 31 obj-$(CONFIG_LMB) += lmb.o
32 obj-y += ldiv.o 32 obj-y += ldiv.o
33 obj-$(CONFIG_MD5) += md5.o 33 obj-$(CONFIG_MD5) += md5.o
34 obj-y += net_utils.o 34 obj-y += net_utils.o
35 obj-$(CONFIG_PHYSMEM) += physmem.o 35 obj-$(CONFIG_PHYSMEM) += physmem.o
36 obj-y += qsort.o 36 obj-y += qsort.o
37 obj-$(CONFIG_SHA1) += sha1.o 37 obj-$(CONFIG_SHA1) += sha1.o
38 obj-$(CONFIG_SHA256) += sha256.o 38 obj-$(CONFIG_SHA256) += sha256.o
39 obj-y += strmhz.o 39 obj-y += strmhz.o
40 obj-$(CONFIG_TPM) += tpm.o 40 obj-$(CONFIG_TPM) += tpm.o
41 obj-$(CONFIG_RBTREE) += rbtree.o 41 obj-$(CONFIG_RBTREE) += rbtree.o
42 obj-$(CONFIG_BITREVERSE) += bitrev.o 42 obj-$(CONFIG_BITREVERSE) += bitrev.o
43 endif 43 endif
44 44
45 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 45 ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
46 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += crc16.o 46 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT) += crc16.o
47 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += net_utils.o 47 obj-$(CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT) += net_utils.o
48 endif 48 endif
49 obj-$(CONFIG_ADDR_MAP) += addr_map.o 49 obj-$(CONFIG_ADDR_MAP) += addr_map.o
50 obj-y += hashtable.o 50 obj-y += hashtable.o
51 obj-y += errno.o 51 obj-y += errno.o
52 obj-y += display_options.o 52 obj-y += display_options.o
53 obj-$(CONFIG_BCH) += bch.o 53 obj-$(CONFIG_BCH) += bch.o
54 obj-y += crc32.o 54 obj-y += crc32.o
55 obj-y += ctype.o 55 obj-y += ctype.o
56 obj-y += div64.o 56 obj-y += div64.o
57 obj-y += hang.o 57 obj-y += hang.o
58 obj-y += linux_string.o 58 obj-y += linux_string.o
59 obj-$(CONFIG_REGEX) += slre.o 59 obj-$(CONFIG_REGEX) += slre.o
60 obj-y += string.o 60 obj-y += string.o
61 obj-y += time.o 61 obj-y += time.o
62 obj-$(CONFIG_TRACE) += trace.o 62 obj-$(CONFIG_TRACE) += trace.o
63 obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_PXE) += uuid.o 63 obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_PXE) += uuid.o
64 obj-y += vsprintf.o 64 obj-y += vsprintf.o
65 obj-$(CONFIG_RANDOM_MACADDR) += rand.o 65 obj-$(CONFIG_RANDOM_MACADDR) += rand.o
66 obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY) += rand.o 66 obj-$(CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY) += rand.o
67 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL) += rand.o 67 obj-$(CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL) += rand.o
68
69 # SEE README.arm-unaligned-accesses
70 CFLAGS_bzlib.o := $(PLATFORM_NO_UNALIGNED)
71 68